>> Owner's Manualsmart fortwo coupé and smart fortwo cabrio

Symbols in the Owner's ManualThe following symbols are used in this Own-er's Manual:

G WARNING

Warning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note

Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.

i These symbols indicate useful instruc-tions or further information that could behelpful to you.

X Instructions that must be followed.

X Several consecutive symbols indicate aninstruction with several consecutive steps.

(Y page) Further information on a topic

YY A warning or an instruction that is con-tinued on the next page.Display text: Display text in the instru-ment cluster display, the smart Audio-Sys-tem or the smart Media-System.

About this Owner's ManualBefore you first drive off, read this Owner'sManual carefully and familiarise yourselfwith your vehicle. For your own safety and alonger vehicle life, follow the instructionsand warning notices in this manual. Disre-garding them may lead to damage to thevehicle or personal injury.This Owner's Manual provides informationon the most important functions of yourvehicle.The equipment or model designation of yourvehicle may vary according to:

RModelROrderRCountry variantRAvailabilityThe illustrations in this manual show a left-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand-drivevehicles, the layout of components and con-trols differs accordingly.smart is constantly updating its vehicles tothe state of the art.smart therefore reserves the right to intro-duce changes in the following areas:

RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresTherefore, the description may differ fromyour vehicle in some cases.Integral parts of the vehicle include:

ROwner's ManualRService BookletREquipment-dependent SupplementsThese documents should be kept in the vehi-cle at all times. If you sell the vehicle, alwayspass all documents on to the new owner.Your Owner's Manuals:

Digital on the InternetThe Owner's Manual on the Internetprovides you with convenient access toall the information relevant to yourvehicle and multimedia system. It alsooffers helpful animations, excitingbackground information and a widevariety of search options.Digital as an appUsing the smart guides app, you can callup all of the information relevant to

your vehicle and multimedia systemonline on your phone or as a downloadregardless of the status of your networkconnection. Available for smartphonesor tablets.

QR codes for the smart guides app.

Apple® iOS

Android™

Please note that the smart guides app maynot currently be available in your country.

4535848905 É4535848905AËÍ

Index ......................................................... 4

Introduction ........................................... 18Protection of the environment ............. 18smart genuine parts .............................. 18Warranty for the smart Audio-Sys-tem and smart Media-System .............. 19Vehicle equipment ................................. 19Operating safety .................................... 19QR codes for rescue card ....................... 22Data stored in the vehicle .................... 22Copyright information .......................... 23

At a glance .............................................. 24Cockpit .................................................... 24Multifunction steering wheel .............. 25Centre console with drawer .................. 26Overhead control panel ......................... 27Door control panel ................................. 28Displays shown in the instrumentcluster and the display ......................... 29

Safety ...................................................... 30Occupant safety ..................................... 30Children in the vehicle ......................... 36Pets in the vehicle ................................. 45Driving safely ........................................ 46

Entering and setting up ........................ 49Opening the door ................................... 49Correct driver's seat position ............... 49Adjusting the seats ............................... 49Adjusting the steering wheel ............... 51Adjusting the mirrors ............................ 51

Driving ..................................................... 53Running-in a new vehicle .................... 53Starting the engine ............................... 53Pulling away .......................................... 54Automatic start/stop system ................ 56Manual transmission ............................ 57Automatic transmission ........................ 57Using the turn signals .......................... 60Driving economically ............................ 60

Braking correctly ................................... 64Driving on wet roads ............................. 64Winter driving ........................................ 65Lane Keeping Assist .............................. 65Cruise control and limiter .................... 66Refuelling ............................................... 67

Ensuring good visibility ........................ 70Switching on the lighting ..................... 70Adjusting the lighting .......................... 71Using the interior lighting ................... 72Using the windscreen wipers ............... 72Folding the sun visor to the side ......... 74

Feeling comfortable in the vehicleinterior .................................................... 75Locking and unlocking the doorsfrom the inside ....................................... 75Understanding the reversing func-tion .......................................................... 76Opening and closing the windows ....... 76Using the soft top (smart fortwocabrio) ..................................................... 77Operating the climate control sys-tem ........................................................... 80Switching the seat heating on andoff ............................................................. 83Using the accessories ........................... 83

Parking and getting out ........................ 85Parking .................................................... 85Using the parking aid ........................... 85Using the reversing camera ................. 86Locking the vehicle ............................... 87Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system ................................ 88

Operating the on-board computer ....... 89Overview of the on-board computer ... 89Calling up displays ............................... 90Setting values ........................................ 92

Using the smart Audio-System ............. 94Operating and setting the smartAudio-System ......................................... 94

2 Contents

Listening to the radio ........................... 96Using a mobile phone ............................ 98Operating external data storagemedia ..................................................... 100

Using the smart Media-System .......... 102Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System ...................................... 102Listening to the radio .......................... 106Using a mobile phone .......................... 108Connecting and operating externaldata storage media .............................. 111Viewing images .................................... 112Video playback ..................................... 113Using the navigation system ............. 113Managing apps ..................................... 122

Loading and stowing ............................ 124Stowing small objects ......................... 124Stowing luggage and large objects ... 125Using the boot separator .................... 127

Maintenance and care .......................... 129Useful information ............................... 129Removing/fitting the subwoofer ........ 129Opening and closing the enginecompartment cover .............................. 129Opening and closing the servicecover ...................................................... 130Checking service products and top-ping up .................................................. 131Checking wheels and tyres ................. 134Changing a wheel ................................ 135Using the tyre pressure monitor ....... 139Checking the tyre pressures .............. 140Using winter tyres ............................... 141Using snow chains ............................... 141Changing the window wiper blades .. 141Cleaning the vehicle ............................ 143Observing service due dates .............. 147Parking up the vehicle ........................ 147

Dealing with accidents and break-downs .................................................... 148Securing the vehicle in the event ofan accident or a breakdown ............... 148

Removing the first-aid kit .................. 149Removing the fire extinguisher ......... 149Removing the vehicle tool tray .......... 149Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit .. 150Jump-starting and charging thebattery .................................................. 152Towing and tow-starting the vehi-cle .......................................................... 155Manually releasing the selectorlever lock .............................................. 158Replacing the bulbs ............................ 158Changing fuses ..................................... 161Replacing the key battery .................. 162Opening a door with the emergencyrelease ................................................... 163Locking the doors in an emergency .. 163

Practical advice .................................... 165Notes on display messages ................ 165Locking and unlocking ........................ 165Visibility, occupants, airbags ............ 167Engine, brakes, transmission ............. 169Driving safety systems ....................... 176Driver assistance systems .................. 182Battery, lights, heating ....................... 184smart Audio-System and smartMedia-System ...................................... 186

Technical data ...................................... 188Obtaining technical data .................... 188Reading out vehicle data .................... 188Service products .................................. 190Bulb types ............................................. 190Fuse allocation ..................................... 190Radio type approvals for the tyrepressure monitors ................................ 192Retrofitting two-way radios andmobile phones (RF transmitters) ....... 192

Contents 3

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Display message ............................ 176Function/notes ................................. 46Warning lamp (yellow) .................. 176

Adjusting the headlamp range ............. 71Air conditioning

General notes ................................... 80Air conditioning system

Demisting the windscreen .............. 81Air distribution

Setting (air-conditioning sys-tem) ................................................... 80Setting (automatic climate con-trol) .................................................... 81

Air pressuresee Tyre pressure

Air ventsImportant safety notes ................... 82Setting ............................................... 82

Air ventssee Air vents

Air-conditioning systemActivating/deactivating air-recirculation mode .......................... 80Air distribution ................................ 80Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion .................................................... 81Demisting the rear window ............ 81Increasing or decreasing theblower speed .................................... 80Setting the temperature ................. 80Switching on/off .............................. 80Windows misted up ......................... 81

Air-recirculation modeActivating/deactivating (air-conditioning system) ...................... 80Switching on/off (automaticclimate control) ................................ 82

AirbagEnabling and disabling thepassenger airbag* ........................... 39Installation locations ...................... 33Limited protection ........................... 34Overview ........................................... 33PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 35

AirbagsFront airbag (driver, frontpassenger) ........................................ 33Kneebag ............................................ 33Protection provided ......................... 34Sidebag ............................................. 33Triggering ........................................ 31

AlarmAnti-theft alarm system ................. 88Switching off .................................... 88

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness .................... 92Switching on/off .............................. 92

Animalssee Pets in the vehicle

Anti-lock Braking Systemsee ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains

Anti-theft alarm systemPriming/deactivating ...................... 88Switching off the alarm .................. 88

Aquaplaning ........................................... 64Ashtray .................................................... 83Audio-System

Connecting a mobile phone ............ 98Connecting a USB device ............... 100Connecting Bluetooth® audiodevices ............................................ 101Connecting external audioequipment (AUX) ............................ 100Operating .......................................... 94Operating the radio ......................... 96Overview ........................................... 94Selecting a track ............................ 100System settings ............................... 95Troubleshooting ............................. 186Volume/sound settings ................... 96Warranty ........................................... 19

Authorised workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

Automatic climate controlCooling with air dehumidifica-tion .................................................... 82Demisting the rear window ............ 82Demisting the windscreen .............. 82Increasing or decreasing theblower speed .................................... 81

4 Index

Setting air distribution .................. 81Setting the temperature ................. 81Switching air-recirculationmode on/off ....................................... 82Switching on/off .............................. 81Windows misted up ......................... 82

Automatic engine switch-off (auto-matic start/stop system) ....................... 56Automatic headlamp mode .................... 70Automatic start/stop system

Activating/deactivating ................. 56General information ........................ 56

Automatic transmissionDisplay message ............................ 174Drive programs ................................ 58Emergency running mode ............. 175Engaging neutral ............................. 58Engaging reverse gear .................... 58Engaging the park position ............ 58Gearshift paddles ............................ 60Gearshift recommendation ............. 61Kickdown .......................................... 58Malfunction (on-board com-puter with colour display) ............ 174Malfunction (on-board com-puter with monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 174Manual shifting ............................... 59Manually releasing the selectorlever lock ........................................ 158Pulling away .................................... 54Starting the engine ......................... 53Transmission positions .................. 57

Automatic transmission emergencyrunning mode ....................................... 175AUX jack

Audio-System ................................... 94Media-System ................................ 102

B

Battery (key)Important safety notes ................. 162Replacing ........................................ 162

Battery (vehicle)Charging ......................................... 152Display message ............................ 184Important safety notes ................. 152

Jump starting ................................. 154Warning and indicator lamps ...... 184

Belt tensionerActivation ......................................... 31

Blower speedIncreasing or decreasing (air-conditioning system) ...................... 80Increasing or decreasing (auto-matic climate control) ..................... 81

Bonnet (front)see Service cover

Bootsee Tailgate

Boot separator ...................................... 127Fitting ............................................. 127Removing ........................................ 128

BrakeEBD ..................................................... 48

Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 172

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 159

Brake lampsDisplay message ............................ 184

BrakesABS ..................................................... 46Driving tips ...................................... 64Important safety notes ................... 64Parking brake ................................... 55Warning lamp ................................. 172

Breakdownsee Flat tyresee Towing away/tow-starting

C

Carsee Vehicle

Car wash (care) ..................................... 143Care

Automatic car wash ....................... 143Carpets ............................................ 146Cleaning the interior ..................... 145Display ............................................ 145Exhaust pipe ................................... 144

Index 5

Exterior ........................................... 145Exterior lighting ............................ 145Gear or selector lever .................... 145High-pressure cleaner .................. 143Interior ............................................ 145Notes ........................................ 143, 145Paint ................................................ 145Plastic trim ..................................... 146Reversing camera .......................... 144Roof lining .............................. 145, 146Seat belt .......................................... 146Seat cover ....................................... 146Sensors ............................................ 144Soft-top system ............................. 145Steering wheel ............................... 145Washing by hand ........................... 143Wheels ............................................. 144Windows .......................................... 144Wiper blades ................................... 145

Central lockingAutomatic locking ............................ 75Locking/unlocking (key) ................. 87

Centre consoleOverview ........................................... 26

Changing bulbsTail lamps ....................................... 159

Changing the routeNavigation ...................................... 117

Child restraint systemSuitability of the seats forattaching belt-secured childrestraint systems ............................ 42Suitability of the seats forattaching ISOFIX child restraintsystems ............................................. 43

Child seatForward-facing restraint sys-tem ..................................................... 41i-Size ................................................. 37ISOFIX ................................................ 37On the front-passenger seat .......... 40Rearward-facing restraint sys-tem ..................................................... 41Recommendations ............................ 44Suitability of the seats for i-Size child restraint systems .......... 44Suitable positions ............................ 41Top Tether ........................................ 38

ChildrenRestraint systems ............................ 36

Cigarette lighter ..................................... 83Climate control

Air conditioning ............................... 80Automatic air conditioning ............ 81Setting the air vents ....................... 82

ClockSetting the time (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 104

CockpitOverview ........................................... 24

Controlling speedsee Cruise control

CoolantChecking coolant level and top-ping up ............................................ 133Display message ............................ 171Important safety notes ................. 134Temperature gauge ......................... 91

Coolingsee Climate control

Cooling with air dehumidificationAir-conditioning system ................ 81Automatic climate control .............. 82

Copyright ................................................ 23Cornering light function ........................ 71Cover (front)

see Service coverCrosswind Assist ..................................... 47Cruise control

Activating ......................................... 66Buttons .............................................. 66Calling up the speed last stored .... 67Cancelling cruise control ................ 67Deactivating ..................................... 67Display message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 183Display message (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 183Function/notes ................................. 66General notes ................................... 66Important safety notes ................... 66Increasing/decreasing thespeed ................................................. 67Storing and maintaining cur-rent speed ......................................... 67

6 Index

Cup holderCentre console ................................ 124Important safety notes ................. 124

Cup holdersee Cup holder

D

DAB radio (Digital Audio Broadcast-ing)

Introduction ..................................... 97Dashboard

Additional instruments .................. 61Dashboard clock ..................................... 61Data

see Technical dataDaytime driving lights ........................... 70Dealership

see Qualified specialist workshopDeclarations of conformity .................... 20Diagnostics connection .......................... 21Digital radio ............................................ 97

Audio-System ................................... 96Media-System ................................ 106

Digital speedometerDisplaying ........................................ 92

Dipped-beam headlampsDriving abroad ................................. 71Replacing bulbs ............................. 159Switching on/off .............................. 70

DisplayColour ................................................ 90Monochrome ..................................... 89

Display (cleaning instructions) .......... 145Display messages

General information ...................... 165Distance recorder

Monochrome display ....................... 90Distance recorder

see Trip meterDistance warning function

Display message ............................ 182Function/notes ................................. 46Warning lamp ................................. 182

DoorAutomatic locking (switch) ............ 75Central locking/unlocking (key) .... 87Control panel .................................... 28

Display message ............................ 166Emergency locking ........................ 163Emergency unlocking ................... 163Opening (from the inside) ............... 75

Double lock function .............................. 75Driver's door

see DoorDriver's seat

see SeatsDriving abroad

Symmetrical dipped beam .............. 71Driving safety system

EBD (electronic brake force dis-tribution) .......................................... 48

Driving safety systemsABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .... 46Distance warning function ............. 46ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ................................................. 47ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ................................................... 47Important safety guidelines .......... 46

Driving systemsCruise control ................................... 66Lane Keeping Assist ........................ 65Speed limiter .................................... 66

Driving tipsAquaplaning ..................................... 64Brakes ................................................ 64Downhill gradient ............................ 64Driving in winter ............................. 65Driving on flooded roads ................ 64Driving on wet roads ....................... 64Energy consumption ....................... 60General .............................................. 60Icy road surfaces ............................. 65Limited braking efficiency onsalted roads ...................................... 64Pulling away .................................... 54Running-in tips ............................... 53Symmetrical dipped beam .............. 71Wet road surface .............................. 64

E

EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Function/notes ................................. 48

Index 7

Indicator lamp ................................ 176eco score

Calling up ......................................... 63Comparing the trip .......................... 63Evaluating the current trip ............ 63Function/notes ................................. 62Resetting data .................................. 63Saving the trip ................................. 63

eco score displayColour display .................................. 62Monochrome display ....................... 62

Electromagnetic compatibilityDeclaration of conformity ............... 21

Electronic Brake-force Distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

Emergency releaseDriver's door ................................... 163

Emergency unlockingVehicle ............................................ 163

EngineAutomatic start/stop system .......... 56Display message ............................ 170Jump-starting ............................... 152Running irregularly ...................... 169Starting problems .......................... 169Starting the engine with the key .. 53Stopping ............................................ 85Tow-starting (vehicle) .................. 157Warning lamp (engine diagnos-tics) .................................................. 170

Engine compartment cover ................. 129Engine electronics

Notes ................................................. 19Problem (fault) ............................... 169

Engine oilChecking the oil level .................... 132Display message ............................ 171Notes about oil grades .................. 190Topping up ..................................... 133Warning lamp ................................. 171

Entering a destinationNavigation ...................................... 114

Environmental protectionReturning an end-of-life vehi-cle ...................................................... 18

EPGDisplaying ........................................ 98

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Crosswind Assist .............................. 47Display message ............................ 177General notes ................................... 47Important safety guidelines .......... 47Warning and indicator lamps ...... 177

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ......... 47Exhaust pipe

Cleaning .......................................... 144Exterior lighting

Cleaning .......................................... 145see Lights

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting .......................................... 52Out of position (troubleshoot-ing) .................................................. 167

External audio equipment (AUX)Connecting (Audio-System) ......... 100

External data carriersConnecting (Audio-System) ........... 94Connection (Media-System) ......... 111Operating (Audio-System) ............ 100Operation (Media-System) ........... 111

F

FavouritesCreating (Media-System) .............. 105Managing (Media-System) ........... 105

Fire extinguisher .................................. 149First-aid kit .......................................... 149Fitting a wheel

Fitting a wheel ............................... 138Preparing the vehicle .................... 136Raising the vehicle ........................ 137Removing a wheel .......................... 137Securing the vehicle againstrolling away ................................... 148

Flat tyrePreparing the vehicle .................... 148TIREFIT kit ...................................... 150

Floormat .................................................. 84Foglamps

Switching on/off .............................. 71Fording

On flooded roads .............................. 64

8 Index

FrequenciesMobile phone .................................. 192Two-way radio ............................... 192

Front airbag ............................................ 33Front cover

see Service coverFront windscreen

see WindscreenFront-passenger front airbag deac-tivation system

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 35Status indicator ............................... 35

Frontal area coversee Service cover

FuelAdditives ........................................... 67Displaying the current con-sumption ........................................... 90Displaying the current con-sumption (colour display) .............. 91Driving tips ...................................... 60E10 ..................................................... 67Grade (petrol) ................................... 67Important safety notes ................... 67Problem (malfunction) .................. 170Refuelling ......................................... 67

Fuel filler flapOpening/closing ............................... 68Problem (malfunction) .................. 166

Fuel gauge ............................................... 89Fuel level

Gauge ................................................ 89Fuses

Allocation chart ............................. 190Before changing ............................. 161Dashboard fuse box ....................... 161Important safety notes ................. 161Opening the fuse box ..................... 161

G

Gear or selector lever (cleaninginstructions) ......................................... 145Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts .............. 18Glove compartment .............................. 124

H

Handbrakesee Parking brake

Hands-free systemsee Mobile phone

Hazard warning lamps ......................... 148Headlamp flasher ................................... 71Headlamps

see Automatic headlamp modeHeating

see Climate controlHill start assist ....................................... 55

I

i‑Size child seat securing systems ....... 37Ice warning

Warning lamp (colour display) .... 184Warning lamp (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 184

Ignition locksee Key positions

Immobiliser ....................................... 85, 88Indicator and warning lamp

Restraint system ............................ 168Indicator and warning lamps

Coolant ............................................ 171Engine diagnostics ........................ 170

Indicator lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Instrument clusterOverview ........................................... 29Warning and indicator lamps ........ 29

Instrument cluster lightingSetting ............................................... 92

Intellitext™Switching on .................................... 98

Interior lighting ............................... 51, 72Changing bulbs .............................. 161Setting the ambient lighting ......... 92Switching on/off .............................. 72

Intermittent wipe ................................... 73ISOFIX child seat securing system ....... 37

J

JackUsing ............................................... 137

Index 9

Jump start (engine)see Jump starting (engine)

Jump starting (engine) ........................ 152

K

KeyChanging the battery .................... 162Loss .................................................. 165Position in the ignition lock .......... 53Problem (malfunction) .................. 165Starting the engine ......................... 53

Key positions (ignition lock) ................. 53Kickdown ................................................. 58Kneebag ................................................... 33

L

Lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Lane Keeping AssistActivating/deactivating ................. 66Function/information ...................... 65Warning lamp (colour display) .... 183Warning lamp (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 183

Lane recognition system (auto-matic)

see Lane Keeping AssistLanguage (on-board computer) ............ 93Licence plate lighting

Changing bulbs .............................. 160Lighting

see LightsLights

Automatic headlamp mode ............. 70Cornering light function ................. 71Dipped-beam headlamps ................ 70Display message ............................ 185Driving abroad ................................. 71Foglamps .......................................... 71Hazard warning lamps .................. 148Headlamp flasher ............................ 71Headlamp range ............................... 71Light switch ..................................... 70Main-beam headlamps ................... 70Rear foglamp .................................... 71Setting the ambient lighting ......... 92Side lamps ........................................ 71

Turn signals ..................................... 60see Interior lightingsee Replacing bulbs

LimiterCalling up the stored limitspeed ................................................. 67Cancelling ......................................... 67Deactivating ..................................... 67Display message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 183Exceeding the stored limitspeed ................................................. 66Increasing or reducing thestored limit speed ............................ 67

Limiting the speedsee Speed limiter

Loading guidelines ............................... 125Locking

see Central lockingLocking (doors)

Automatic ......................................... 75Emergency locking ........................ 163From inside (central lockingbutton) .............................................. 75

Loudspeakersee Subwoofer

Luggage coversee Boot separator

M

M+S tyres (winter tyres) ...................... 141Main-beam headlamps

Replacing bulbs ............................. 159Switching on/off .............................. 70

Making a callMedia-System ................................ 110

MalfunctionRestraint system ............................. 30

Manual transmissionDisplay message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 173Display message (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 173Engaging reverse gear .................... 57Gear lever ......................................... 57Malfunction (on-board com-puter with colour display) ............ 174

10 Index

Malfunction (on-board com-puter with monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 174Pulling away .................................... 54Shift recommendation ..................... 61Shifting to neutral ........................... 57Starting the engine ......................... 53

Manually releasing the selectorlever lock (automatic transmission) ... 158Media-System

Buttons on the multifunctionsteering wheel ............................... 102Calling up menus ........................... 103Connectivity manager ................... 123Controls ........................................... 102Creating favourites ........................ 105Data connectivity .......................... 122Display settings ............................. 104eco score ........................................... 63Enabling data sharing .................. 123Home screen ................................... 103Image playback .............................. 112Installing apps ............................... 122Multimedia menu ........................... 103Navigation menu ........................... 113Navigation system ......................... 113Operating the radio ....................... 106Overview ......................................... 102Problem solving ............................. 186Reversing camera ............................ 86Selecting a track ............................ 112Selecting the language ................. 104Services menu ................................ 123Setting warning tones ................... 105Status and information ................. 104System menu .................................. 104System settings ............................. 104Vehicle menu .................................. 103Video playback ............................... 113Volume/tone settings .................... 105Warranty ........................................... 19

Message memory (colour display) ........ 91MirrorLink®

Connecting a mobile phone .......... 109Mobile phone

Connecting (Audio-System) ........... 98Connecting (Media-System) ......... 108Frequencies .................................... 192

Installation ..................................... 192Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 192

Model seriessee Vehicle identification plate

Multi-functional seatsee Seats

Multifunction steering wheelOverview ........................................... 25

Music trackSelecting (Audio-System) ............. 100Selection (Media-System) ............. 112

N

NavigationAlternative route ........................... 117Changing the route ........................ 117Current location ............................. 119Destination memory ...................... 115Entering a destination .................. 114Entering a destination byaddress ............................................ 114Entering a destination usingthe map ........................................... 114Entering a POI ................................ 115Entering/saving your homeaddress ............................................ 115Reading map data .......................... 114Route details .................................. 116Setting ............................................. 121Setting route planning .................. 117Setting the voice ............................ 121Starting ........................................... 113Starting route calculation ............ 116Switching announcementson/off ............................................... 118TomTom Services ........................... 120Traffic information ........................ 119Troubleshooting ............................. 186Way points ...................................... 117

Notes on running in a new vehicle ....... 53

O

Occupant safetyAirbags .............................................. 33Belt warning ..................................... 33Children in the vehicle ................... 36

Index 11

PASSENGER AIRBAG indicatorlamp ................................................... 35Pets in the vehicle ........................... 45Restraint system ............................. 30Restraint system warning lamp .... 30Seat belts .......................................... 31

Oilsee Engine oil

On-board computerImportant safety notes ................... 89Menu overview (colour display) .... 90Menu overview (monochromedisplay) ............................................. 90Operation .......................................... 89Overview ........................................... 89Selecting the language ................... 93Settings menu .................................. 92

On-board diagnostics interfacesee Diagnostics connection

Operating instructionsVehicle equipment ........................... 19

Operating safety ..................................... 19Declaration of conformity ............... 20

Operating systemsee On-board computer

Outside temperature displayColour display .................................. 90Monochrome display ....................... 89Setting the units .............................. 93

Overhead control panel ......................... 27Overrevving range ................................. 61

P

Paint code ............................................. 188Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ...... 145Parking .................................................... 85

Important safety notes ................... 85Parking brake ................................... 55Reversing camera ............................ 86

Parking brakeDisplay message ............................ 172General information ........................ 55Warning lamp ................................. 172

PASSENGER AIR BAGDisabling/activating ....................... 39Indicator lamps ................................ 35

Passenger airbagEnabling and disabling* ................. 39Problem (malfunction)* ................. 168

Passenger seatFolding down .................................. 127

Petrol ....................................................... 67Pets in the vehicle ................................. 45Plastic trim (cleaning instructions) ... 146Power windows

see Side windowsProtection against theft

Anti-theft alarm system ................. 88Protection of the environment

General notes ................................... 18Pulling away

General notes ................................... 54

Q

QR codeRescue card ...................................... 22

Qualified specialist workshop ............... 21

R

RadioDisplay mode .................................. 106Displaying radio text ...................... 97Operating (Audio-System) .............. 96Operation (Media-System) ........... 106

Radio textDisplaying (Audio-System) ............ 97Displaying (Media-System) .......... 107

Radio-based vehicle componentsDeclaration of conformity ............... 20

Rain/light sensor (display message) .. 184Reading lamp .......................................... 72Rear foglamp

Switching on/off .............................. 71Rear foglamps

Replacing bulbs ............................. 159Rear lamps

Changing bulbs .............................. 159Rear parking aid

Deactivating/activating ................. 86Function/notes ................................. 85

Rear soft topClosing ............................................ 126Opening ........................................... 126

12 Index

Rear window heatingAir-conditioning system ................ 81Automatic climate control .............. 82

Rear window wiperReplacing the wiper blade ............ 142Switching on/off .............................. 73

Rear-view mirror .................................... 51Recycling

see Protection of the environmentRefuelling

Fuel filler flap .................................. 68Fuel gauge ........................................ 89Important safety notes ................... 67Refuelling process ........................... 68see Fuel

Replacing bulbsBrake lamp ...................................... 159Dipped-beam headlamps .............. 159Fitting/removing the cover(front wheel arch) .......................... 159Important safety notes ................. 158Licence plate lighting ................... 160Main-beam headlamps ................. 159Overview of bulb types ................. 190Rear fog lamp ................................. 159Reversing lamp .............................. 159Turn signals (front) ....................... 159Turn signals (rear) ........................ 159

Replacing the bulbTurn signals ................................... 159

Rescue card ............................................. 22Reserve fuel

Display message ............................ 170Restraint system

Display message ............................ 168Function during an accident .......... 31Limited protection ........................... 30Malfunction ...................................... 30Operational readiness ..................... 30Protection provided ......................... 30System self-test .............................. 30Warning lamp ................................. 168Warning lamp (function) ................ 30

Rev counter ............................................. 61Reverse gear

Engaging (automatic transmis-sion) ................................................... 58

Engaging (manual transmis-sion) ................................................... 57

Reversing cameraCleaning instructions ................... 144Function/notes ................................. 86Switching on/off .............................. 87

Reversing featureSide windows .................................... 76

Reversing lampChanging bulbs .............................. 159

Roof liningCleaning .......................................... 145

Roof lining and carpets (cleaninginstructions) ......................................... 146

S

SafetyChildren in the vehicle ................... 36see Occupant safetysee Operating safety

SD cardInserting an SD card ...................... 114Removing an SD card ..................... 114SD card slot ..................................... 102

SeatFolding passenger seat down ....... 127

Seat beltLimited protection ........................... 32Protection provided ......................... 31

Seat beltsCleaning .......................................... 146Fastening .......................................... 33Releasing .......................................... 33Warning lamp ................................. 167Warning lamp (function) ................ 33

Seat heating ............................................ 83Seats

Adjusting (manually) ...................... 49Cleaning the cover ......................... 146Correct driver's seat position ......... 49Important safety notes ................... 49Switching seat heating on/off ........ 83

Sensors (cleaning instructions) .......... 144Service Centre

see Qualified specialist workshopService cover ........................................ 130

Index 13

Service displayCalling up (on-board computerwith colour display) ........................ 91Calling up (on-board computerwith monochrome display) ............. 90

Service due dateDisplay message ............................ 175

Service productsBrake fluid ...................................... 190Coolant (engine) ............................. 134Engine oil ........................................ 190Fuel .................................................. 190Important safety notes ................. 131Washer fluid ................................... 190

Shift recommendation ........................... 61Side lamps

Switching on/off .............................. 71Side spars

Fitting ............................................... 79Removing .......................................... 78

Side windowsImportant safety notes ................... 76Opening/closing ............................... 77Problem (malfunction) .................. 165Resetting ......................................... 165Reversing feature ............................ 76

Sidebag .................................................... 33smart Centre

see Qualified specialist workshopSnow chains .......................................... 141Socket (12 V)

Centre console .................................. 84Soft top

Cleaning .......................................... 145Closing .............................................. 77Important safety notes ................... 77Opening ............................................. 77

Speakerssee Subwoofer

Specialist workshop ............................... 21Speed limiter

Activating ......................................... 66Functions and conditions foractivation ......................................... 66Setting limit speed .......................... 67

SpeedometerDigital ............................................... 90see Instrument cluster

Start/stop functionsee Automatic start/stop system

Starting (engine) .................................... 53Starting the engine

see Starting (engine)Station

Setting (Media-System) ................ 107Station search

Audio-System ................................... 97Media-System ................................ 107

StationsSetting (Audio-System) .................. 96Storing (Audio-System) .................. 97

SteeringDisplay message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 181Warning lamps ............................... 181

Steering wheelAdjusting (manually) ...................... 51Button overview ............................... 25Cleaning .......................................... 145Gearshift paddles ............................ 60Important safety notes ................... 51

Stowage areas ....................................... 124Stowage compartment in the tail-gate ........................................................ 124Stowage compartments

Centre console ................................ 124Cup holder ....................................... 124Door ................................................. 124Glove compartment ........................ 124Important safety information ...... 124Spectacles compartment ............... 124

SubwooferFitting/removing ........................... 129

Sun visor ................................................. 74

T

TailgateOpening dimensions ...................... 188Opening/closing ............................. 125Warning lamp ................................. 166

Tailgate (Cabriolet)Opening/closing ............................. 126

Tanksee Fuel tank

14 Index

Technical dataInformation .................................... 188Vehicle data .................................... 188

TelephoneCharging (Media-System) ............. 108see Mobile phone

Telephone bookLoading (Audio-System) ................. 98

Telephone operationAudio-System ................................... 99

TemperatureSetting (air conditioning) ............... 80Setting (automatic climate con-trol) .................................................... 81

TimeSetting (Audio-System) .................. 96Setting (on-board computerwith colour display) ........................ 92Setting (on-board computerwith monochrome display) ............. 92Setting the time mode (on-board computer with colourdisplay) ............................................. 92

TIREFIT kit ............................................ 150TomTom Services

Introduction ................................... 120My Services menu .......................... 120Traffic information menu ............. 120

Toolsee Vehicle tool kit

Top Tether .............................................. 38Total distance recorder

Colour display .................................. 91Monochrome display ....................... 89Setting the display unit ................. 93

TouchscreenConfirming settings with Done .... 103Operating the touchscreen ........... 103

Tow-startingEmergency engine starting .......... 157Important safety notes ................. 155

TowingImportant safety notes ................. 155With the rear axle raised .............. 157

Towing awayFitting the towing eye .................. 156Removing the towing eye ............. 157With both axles on the ground ..... 156

TrackSelecting (Audio-System) ............. 100Selection (Media-System) ............. 112

Traffic reportsSwitching on/off .............................. 97

Transmissionsee Automatic transmissionsee Manual transmission

Transporting the vehicle ..................... 157Trip computer

Displaying ........................................ 91Trip meter

Colour display .................................. 91Displaying (on-board computerwith colour display) ........................ 91Displaying (on-board computerwith monochrome display) ............. 90Resetting (on-board computerwith colour display) ........................ 92Resetting (on-board computerwith monochrome display) ............. 92

Trip metersee Trip meter

Turn signalsReplacing bulbs (front) ................. 159Replacing the bulb ........................ 159Switching on/off .............................. 60

Turn signalssee Turn signals

Two-way radioFrequencies .................................... 192Installation ..................................... 192Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 192

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

Tyre pressureDisplay message ............................ 178Not reached (TIREFIT) ................... 151Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 151Recommended ................................ 140

Tyre pressure monitorFunction/notes ............................... 139Radio type approval for the tyrepressure monitor ........................... 192Restarting ....................................... 139Warning lamp ................................. 178

Index 15

TyresChanging a wheel .......................... 135Checking ......................................... 134Direction of rotation ...................... 138Important safety notes ................. 134M+S tyres (winter tyres) ............... 141Service life ...................................... 136Snow chains .................................... 141Storing ............................................ 139Tyre tread ....................................... 134see Flat tyre

U

UnlockingFrom inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................ 75With emergency key element ....... 163

USB deviceConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 100Connection (Media-System) ......... 111Operating (Audio-System) ............ 100Operation (Media-System) ........... 111

USB portAudio-System ................................... 94Media-System ................................ 102

V

VehicleData acquisition .............................. 22Electronics ........................................ 19Equipment ........................................ 19Implied warranty ............................. 19Locking (in an emergency) ........... 163Locking (key) .................................... 87Operating safety .............................. 19Parking up ...................................... 147Raising ............................................ 137Registration ...................................... 21Securing from rolling away .......... 148Tow-starting .................................. 157Towing away .................................. 155Transporting .................................. 157Unlocking (in an emergency) ....... 163Unlocking (key) ................................ 49Vehicle data .................................... 188

Vehicle batterysee Battery (vehicle)

Vehicle data .......................................... 188Vehicle dimensions .............................. 188Vehicle emergency locking ................. 163Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate ................. 188Vehicle tool kit ..................................... 149VIN ......................................................... 188Voice control system

Entering a destination in thenavigation system ......................... 115Problems with the voice controlsystem ............................................. 187Starting an application ................. 102

Volume/sound settingsAudio-System ................................... 96Media-System ................................ 105

W

Warning and indicator lampsABS ................................................... 176Automatic Start/Stop function(green) ............................................. 172Automatic Start/Stop function(yellow) ........................................... 172Battery ............................................ 184Brakes .............................................. 172Distance warning function (red) .. 182EBD ................................................... 176ESP® (yellow) .................................. 177Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 182Oil pressure .................................... 171Overview ........................................... 29Parking brake ................................. 172PASSENGER AIR BAG ........................ 35PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ................ 168Seat belt .......................................... 167Steering ........................................... 181Tyre pressure monitor .................. 178

Warning triangle .................................. 149Wheel bolt tightening torque .............. 138Wheels

Changing a wheel .......................... 135Checking ......................................... 134Cleaning .......................................... 144Fitting a new wheel ....................... 138Important safety notes ................. 134

16 Index

Removing a wheel .......................... 137Snow chains .................................... 141Storing ............................................ 139Tightening torque ......................... 138

WindowsCleaning .......................................... 144see Side windows

WindscreenDemisting (air-conditioningsystem) ............................................. 81Demisting (automatic climatecontrol) ............................................. 82

Windscreen washer fluidsee Windscreen washer system

Windscreen washer systemImportant safety notes ................. 134Topping up ..................................... 134

Windscreen wipersIntermittent wipe ............................ 73Problem (malfunction) .................. 167Rear window wiper .......................... 73Replacing the wiper blades .......... 141Switching on/off .............................. 72

Winter drivingGeneral notes ................................... 65

Winter operationSlippery road surfaces .................... 65Snow chains .................................... 141

Winter tyresM+S tyres ........................................ 141

Wiper bladesCleaning .......................................... 145Replacing (on the rear window) ... 142Replacing (windscreen) ................ 142

Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

Index 17

Protection of the environment

General notes

H Environmental note

Daimler's declared policy is one of inte-grated environmental protection.

The objectives are for the natural resour-ces which form the basis of our existenceon this planet to be used sparingly and in amanner which takes the requirements ofboth nature and humanity into account.

You too can help to protect the environ-ment by operating your vehicle in an envi-ronmentally responsible manner.

Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tyre wear dependon the following factors:

Roperating conditions of your vehicle

Ryour personal driving style

You can influence both factors.

You should bear the following in mind:

Operating conditions

Ravoid short trips as these increase fuelconsumption.

Rmake sure that the tyre pressures arealways correct.

Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.

Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con-sumption.

Rremove rear racks once you no longerneed them.

Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con-tribute to environmental protection. Youshould therefore adhere to the serviceintervals.

Ralways have maintenance work carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a smart Centre.

Personal driving style

Rdo not depress the accelerator pedalwhen starting the engine.

Rdo not warm up the engine with the vehi-cle stationary.

Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front.

Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration.

Rchange gear in good time, if possible inaccordance with the gearshift recom-mendations in the multifunction dis-play.

Rshift up to the next gear as early as pos-sible.

Rswitch off the engine in stationary traf-fic.

Returning an end-of-life vehicle

EU countries only:smart will take back your end-of-life vehiclefor environment-friendly disposal inaccordance with the European Union (EU)End-Of-Life Vehicles Directive.This makes an important contribution toclosing the recycling circle and conservingresources. A network of vehicle take-backpoints and dismantlers has been establishedfor you to return your vehicle. Returningvehicles to these facilities is free of charge.For further information about the recyclingand disposal of end-of-life vehicles, and thetake-back conditions, please visit thenational smart website for your country.

smart genuine parts

H Environmental note

Daimler AG also supplies reconditionedassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. For these, the samewarranty applies as for new parts.

! Airbags and seat belt tensioners, as wellas control units and sensors for theserestraint systems, may be installed in thefollowing areas of your vehicle:

RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRdashboard

18 >> Introduction.

Rinstrument clusterRcentre consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have accessories retrofitted at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Only smart genuine parts or parts of the samequality may be used. In addition, onlyapproved wheels, tyres and accessories forthe particular type of vehicle may be used.Always specify the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) when ordering smart genuineparts.Using parts, tyres, wheels or safety-relevantequipment not approved by smart couldjeopardise the operational safety of the vehi-cle. Safety-relevant systems, such as thebrake system, may malfunction.smart tests genuine parts and conversionparts and accessories that have been specif-ically approved for your vehicle for theirreliability, safety and suitability. Despiteongoing market research, smart is unable toassess other parts. smart therefore acceptsno responsibility for the use of such parts insmart vehicles, even if they have been offi-cially approved or independently approvedby a testing centre.In Germany, certain parts are only officiallyapproved for installation or modification ifthey comply with legal requirements. Thisalso applies to some other countries. All gen-uine smart parts meet the approval require-ments. The use of non-approved parts mayinvalidate the vehicle's general operatingpermit.The following situations will invalidate theoperating permit:

RThe vehicle type changes from that statedin the vehicle's operating permit, due tomodifications.ROther road users are likely to be endan-

gered.REmissions or noise characteristics deteri-

orate.

Warranty for the smart Audio-Systemand smart Media-System

The smart sales organisation provides a war-ranty for a period of 24 months without a kil-ometre limit for the smart Audio-System andthe smart Media-System.The warranty issuer is the respective salesorganisation in the country in which theaccessory or replacement part was pur-chased (see list in the service booklet).

Vehicle equipment

This Owner's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipmentavailable for the vehicle at the time of pub-lication of this Owner's Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Please notethat the vehicle equipment may differ fromcertain descriptions and illustrations provi-ded in this manual. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.The vehicle's original purchase contractdocumentation contains a list of all the sys-tems in your vehicle. Please contact anysmart centre to help clarify any questionsrelated to the vehicle equipment and opera-tion.

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or necessary repairscarried out, this could result in malfunc-tions or system failures. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always have the prescribed service/main-tenance work as well as necessary repairscarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

G WARNING

Flammable material such as leaves, grassor twigs may ignite if they come into con-

>> Introduction. 19

Z

tact with hot parts of the exhaust system.There is a risk of fire.

When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Operating the integrated information sys-tems and communications equipment inthe vehicle while driving will distract youfrom traffic conditions. You could then losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Only operate these devices if road trafficconditions permit. If you are unsure aboutthe surrounding conditions, pull over to asafe location and make entries only whilethe vehicle is stationary.

G WARNING

Modifications to electronic components,their software as well as wiring couldaffect their function and/or the operationof other networked components. This couldin particular also be the case for systemsrelevant to safety. They might not functionproperly anymore and/or jeopardise theoperational safety of the vehicle. There isan increased risk of an accident and injury.

Do not attempt to modify the wiring as wellas electronic components or their software.Always have work on electrical and elec-tronic components carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

If you make any changes to the vehicle elec-tronics, the general operating permit is ren-dered invalid.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:

Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highkerb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too quickly over an obstacle,

e.g. a kerb, slowing thresholds or a pot-hole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the underbody or

parts of the chassisIn situations like this, the body, under-body, chassis parts, wheels or tyres couldbe damaged without the damage beingvisible. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail or, in the case of anaccident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to withstand.If the underbody panelling is damaged,combustible materials such as leaves,grass or twigs can gather between theunderbody and the underbody panelling.If these materials come into contact withhot parts of the exhaust system, they cancatch fire.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If, on con-tinuing your journey, you notice that driv-ing safety is impaired, stop the vehicleimmediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. In such cases, consult aqualified specialist workshop.

The multimedia device is equipped withtechnical provisions to protect it againsttheft. Further information is available fromany smart Centre.The functionality of a roof aerial (radio, DAB)may be impaired if roof carriers are used.Attaching metallised retrofit film to windowsmay also affect radio and GPS reception andhave a negative impact on all other aerialfunctions in the vehicle interior.

Declarations of conformity

Wireless vehicle components

The following information applies to all com-ponents of the vehicle and the informationsystems and communication devices inte-grated into the vehicle which receive and/ortransmit radio waves:All wireless vehicle components as well asinformation systems and communications

20 >> Introduction.

equipment integrated into the vehicle arecompliant with the basic requirements andall other relevant regulations stipulated inthe 1999/5/EC Directive. Further informationis available from any smart Centre.

Electromagnetic compatibility

The electromagnetic compatibility of thevehicle components has been checked andcertified according to the currently validversion of Regulation ECE-R 10.

Diagnostics connection

The diagnostics connection is only intendedfor the connection of diagnostic equipmentat a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of vehicle systems. As a result,the operating safety of the vehicle could beaffected. There is a risk of an accident.

Only connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, which isapproved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and a deviceis connected to a diagnostic connection,the battery may become discharged.

Connecting equipment to the diagnosticsconnection can result in the resetting of theemissions monitoring information,

for example. This may lead to the vehiclefailing to meet the requirements of the nextemissions test during the main inspection.

Qualified specialist workshop

A qualified specialist workshop has the nec-essary special skills, tools and qualificationsto correctly carry out any necessary work onyour vehicle. This particularly applies towork relevant to safety.Observe the information contained in theService Booklet.Always have the following work carried outon your vehicle at a smart centre:

Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRmodifications, installations and conver-

sionsRwork on electronic components

Vehicle registration

smart may ask its smart centres to carry outtechnical inspections on certain vehicles.The quality or safety of the vehicle isimproved as a result of the inspection.smart is only able to notify the vehicle ownerabout vehicle inspections if smart has thevehicle registration data.In the following cases, it is possible that avehicle has not yet been registered in theowner's name:

Rthe vehicle was not purchased at anauthorised specialist dealerRthe vehicle has not yet been examined at a

smart centresmart recommends registering the vehicle ina smart centre.Notify smart as soon as possible if there is achange of address or if ownership of thevehicles changes. This can be done at a smartcentre, for example.

>> Introduction. 21

Z

Correct use

If warning stickers are removed, you may failto recognise certain dangers. Leave warningstickers in place.The following are important sources of infor-mation in regard to vehicle use:

RSafety notes in this Owner's ManualRTechnical data in this Owner's ManualRTraffic rules and regulationsRLaws and safety standards pertaining to

motor vehicles

Implied warranty

! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehicleas well as about possible vehicle damage.Damage to your vehicle that arises fromculpable contraventions against theseinstructions is not covered either by thesmart implied warranty or by the New orUsed-Vehicle Warranty.

QR codes for rescue card

The QR code is on the fuel filler flap and onthe door pillar (B-pillar), on the oppositeside. In the event of an accident, rescue serv-ices can use the QR code to quickly determinethe corresponding rescue card for a vehicle.The current rescue card contains the mostimportant information about the vehicle incompact form, such as the routing of theelectric cables. Further information:www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code

Data stored in the vehicle

Many of the vehicle's electronic componentscontain data memories. These data memoriesstore technical information temporarily orpermanently on components, systems or theenvironment concerning:RconditionReventsRfaultsThe data cannot be used to trace the vehicle'smovements.

Examples of information stored include:

Rthe operating conditions of system com-ponents, such as fluid levelsRstatus messages concerning the vehicle

and its individual components, such asspeed and accelerator positionRmalfunctions and defects in key system

components, such as the lights and brakesRvehicle reactions and operating condi-

tions in specific driving situations,such as deployment of an airbagRambient conditions, such as outside tem-

peratureThis data is purely technical in nature and isused for the following:Rto assist in the detection and elimination

of faults and defectsRto analyse vehicle functions, e.g. after an

accident has occurredRto optimise vehicle functionsThis technical information is also read outfor the following services:Rrepair workRservice workRwarranty claimsRquality assuranceThe readout is handled by service networkstaff (including the manufacturer) with thehelp of special diagnostic testers. You canobtain more information there, if required.After the fault has been rectified, the infor-mation is cleared in the fault memory or issequentially overwritten.During vehicle operation, certain situationsmay arise in which this technical data - inconjunction with other information and, ifapplicable, after consultation with anapproved assessor - may be linked to anindividual person.Examples of this include:

Raccident reportsRvehicle damageRwitness evidenceAdditional functions that have been contrac-tually agreed upon with the customer alsomake it possible to transmit particular vehi-cle data from the vehicle, such as the vehiclelocation in the event of an emergency.

22 >> Introduction.

Copyright information

Information on licenses of Free and Open-Source software used in the vehicle and theelectronic components:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

>> Introduction. 23

Z

Cockpit

Function Page

: Rev counter, dashboardclock 61

; Instrument cluster 29

= Horn

? Instrument cluster multi-function lever 90Windscreen wipers combi-nation switch 72

A Automatic locking feature 75Hazard warning lamps 148

B Overhead control panel 27

C smart Audio-System 94smart Media-System 102

D Climate control systemcontrol panel 80

Function Page

E Ignition lock 53

F Adjusts the steering wheel 51

G Control panel for:Automatic start/stop sys-tem 56Lane Keeping Assist 65Forward collision warning 46Parking aid 85Headlamp range adjust-ment 71

H Lights combination switch 70

I Automatic transmission:shift paddles 60

24 Cockpit>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Colour display of theinstrument cluster 90Monochrome display of theinstrument cluster 89

; smart Audio-System 94smart Media-System 102

= Only for instrument cluster with colour display:WX Adjusts the vol-ume 102

Switches voice-oper-ated control on or off andaccepts or ends a call 102

? ® Increases or storesthe current speed 67− Decreases current speed 67

Function Page

A ° Calls up the last speedstored 67

B ± Interrupts cruisecontrol or the limiter 67

C ¯ Activates cruise con-trol 66^ Deactivates cruisecontrol or the limiter 67È Activates limiter 66

D Only for instrument cluster with colour display:9: Scrolls throughmenus 90a Confirms the selec-tion 92

Multifunction steering wheel 25

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Centre console with drawer

i Vehicles with automatic transmission

Function Page

: Cup holders 124Ashtray 83

; Drawer 124

= smart fortwo coupé: coinholder

= smart fortwo cabrio: opensand closes the soft top 77

? Selector lever 58

A Parking brake 55

Function Page

B Cigarette lighter 83Power socket 84

C smart Media-System: AUXport, USB port and SD cardslot 102

D Cup holders 124

E Selector lever indicator 57

F Sets the drive programs(program selector button) 58

26 Centre console with drawer>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Left-hand reading lamp 72

; Interior lighting 72

= Right-hand reading lamp 72

Function Page

? PASSENGER AIRBAG indica-tor lamps 35

A Rear-view mirror 51

Overhead control panel 27

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 75

; Adjusts the exterior mir-rors 52

Function Page

= Opens and closes the sidewindows 77

28 Door control panel>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display

Function Page

: Speedometer

; Display

= Warning and indicatorlamps

C Doors or tailgate 166

7 Seat belts 167

6 Restraint system 168

ç Automatic start/stop sys-tem warning 172

è Automatic start/stop sys-tem 172

; Engine diagnostics 170

? Coolant temperature 171

5 Oil pressure 171

J Brakes 172

! ABS 176

÷ ESP® 47

h Tyre pressure monitor 178

D Power steering 181

Function Page

· Distance warning signal 182

^ Forward collision warning 182

à Lane Keeping Assist 182

# Battery 184

R Rear foglamp 71

O Foglamps 71

K Main-beam headlamps 70

L Dipped-beam headlamps 70

T Side lamps 71

S Transmission electronics 174

8 Reserve fuel level reached 170

¯ Cruise control 183

È Limiter 183

Ò Black ice warning 184

b Brake lamps 184

¯

°

Next service due date

175

Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display 29

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Occupant safety

Restraint system

Protection provided by the restraint sys-tem

The restraint system includes the:

Rseat belt systemRairbagsRchild restraint systemRchild seat securing systemIn an accident the restraint system can:

Rreduce the risk of vehicle occupants com-ing into contact with parts of the vehicleinteriorRreduce the forces to which vehicle occu-

pants are subjectedA seat belt can only provide maximum pro-tection when worn correctly. Depending onthe type of accident detected, seat belt ten-sioners and/or airbags may supplement acorrectly worn seat belt. Not every accidentwill trigger the seat belt tensioners and/ordeploy the airbags.To ensure that the restraint system providesthe maximum protection, every vehicle occu-pant must:

Rbe seated with the seat belt fastened cor-rectlyRbe in an almost upright position with their

back against the seat backrestRhave their feet resting on the floor, if pos-

sibleRalways be secured in special restraint sys-

tems suitable for smart vehicles if under1.50 m tall

However, no system available today cancompletely eliminate injuries and fatalitiesin every accident. In particular, the seat beltand airbag generally do not protect againstobjects penetrating the vehicle from the out-side. The risk of injuries due to a deployedairbag also cannot be completely eliminated.

Limited protection from restraint system

G WARNING

If the restraint system is modified, it mayno longer work as intended. The restraintsystem may then not perform its intended

protective function by failing in an acci-dent or triggering unexpectedly, for exam-ple. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

Never modify parts of the restraint system.Do not attempt to modify the wiring as wellas electronic components or their software.

If the vehicle needs to be adjusted to accom-modate a person with disabilities, contact aqualified specialist workshop. smart recom-mends that you only use driving assistancesystems which have been approved for yourvehicle by smart.

Preparing the restraint system for oper-ation

When the ignition is switched on, the 6restraint system warning lamp lights upduring the system self-test. It goes out nolater than a few seconds after the vehicle isstarted. The components of the restraint sys-tem are then ready for operation.

Restraint system malfunctions

RWhen the ignition is switched on, the 6restraint system warning lamp does notlight up.RWhile driving, the 6 restraint system

warning lamp remains lit or lights uprepeatedly.

G WARNING

If the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally or may not deployas intended during an accident. This mayaffect the seat belt tensioner or airbag, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Have the restraint system checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

30 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety

.

Restraint system response during anaccident

The way the restraint system respondsdepends on the severity of the impact detec-ted and the apparent type of accident:

RHead-on collisionRRear impactRSide impactThe activation threshold for the restraintsystem components is determined based onthe analysis of the sensor values measured atvarious points in the vehicle. This process ispre-emptive in nature. The triggering proc-ess of the restraint system componentsshould take place in good time at the start ofthe collision.Factors which can only be seen and meas-ured after a collision has occurred do notplay a decisive role in the deployment of anairbag, nor do they provide an indication ofairbag deployment.The vehicle may be deformed significantlywithout an airbag being deployed. This is thecase if only parts which are relatively easilydeformed are affected and the rate of vehicledeceleration is not high. Conversely, an air-bag may be deployed even though the vehiclesuffers only minor deformation. If, forinstance, very rigid vehicle parts such aslongitudinal body members are hit, the rateof vehicle deceleration may be sufficient.The restraint system components can beactivated or triggered independently of eachother:

Component Detected trigger sit-uation

Belt tensioners Head-on collision,rear impact, sideimpact

Driver's airbag,front-passengerfront airbag andkneebag

Head-on collision

Sidebag Side impact

G WARNING

After the airbag deploys, the airbag partsare hot. There is a risk of injury.

Do not touch the airbag parts. Have adeployed airbag replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.

i smart recommends that you have thevehicle towed to a qualified specialistworkshop after an accident. Take this intoaccount, particularly if a seat belt ten-sioner was triggered or an airbag wasdeployed.

If the belt tensioners are triggered or an air-bag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and asmall amount of powder may also bereleased:

RThe bang will not usually affect your hear-ing.RIn general, the powder released is not haz-

ardous to health but may cause short-termbreathing difficulties to persons sufferingfrom asthma or other pulmonary condi-tions.Provided it is safe to do so, leave the vehi-cle immediately or open the window inorder to prevent breathing difficulties.

Seat belts

Protection provided by seat belts

Always fasten seat belts correctly beforestarting your journey. A seat belt can onlyprovide maximum protection when worn cor-rectly.

G WARNING

If the seat belt is worn incorrectly, it can-not perform its intended protective func-tion. Furthermore, an incorrectly worn seatbelt can cause additional injuries, e.g. inthe event of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupantshave their seat belts fastened correctlyand are sitting properly.

Occupant safety 31

>> S

afet

y.

Z

RThe seat belt must:- not be twisted and must be tight and fit

snugly across your body- be routed across the centre of the shoul-

der and as low down across your hips aspossible

RThe shoulder section of the seat beltshould not touch your neck nor be routedunder your arm or behind your back.RAvoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter

coat.RPress the lap belt down into your hip joints

and pull tight by the shoulder section ofthe belt. The lap belt must never be routedacross your stomach or abdomen.RNever route the seat belt across sharp,

pointed, abrasive or fragile objects.ROnly one person per seat belt. Infants and

children must never travel sitting on thelap of a vehicle occupant.RNever secure objects with a seat belt if the

seat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupants. Always observe thenotes on "Loading the vehicle" for securingobjects, luggage or loads (Y page 125).

If children are travelling in the vehicle, besure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 36).

Limited protection from seat belts

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an acci-dent, you could slide underneath the seatbelt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries,for example. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of your seat-belt is routed across the centre of yourshoulder.

G WARNING

Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear theseat belts correctly without an additionalsuitable restraint system. If the seat belt isworn incorrectly, it cannot perform itsintended protective function. Further-more, an incorrectly worn seat belt cancause additional injuries, e.g. in the eventof an accident, heavy braking or suddenchanges of direction. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.

Always secure persons less than 1.50 m tallin additional suitable restraint systems.

G WARNING

Seat belts cannot protect as intended, if:

Rthey are damaged, have been modified,are extremely dirty, bleached or dyed

Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirty

Rmodifications have been made to the belttensioners, belt anchorages or inertiareels

Seat belts may sustain non-visible dam-age in an accident, e.g. due to glass splint-ers. Modified or damaged seat belts cantear or fail, for example in the event of anaccident. Modified seat belt tensionersmay be deployed unintentionally or notfunction as intended. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.

Never modify seat belts, seat belt tension-ers, seat belt anchorages and inertia reels.Ensure that seat belts are not damaged orworn and are clean. After an accident, havethe seat belts checked immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

smart recommends that you only use seatbelts which have been approved specificallyfor your vehicle by smart.

G WARNING

Pyrotechnical belt tensioners which havebeen triggered are no longer operationaland therefore cannot protect as intended.

32 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety

.

There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal.

Have pyrotechnic belt tensioners whichhave been triggered replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop immediately.

smart recommends that you have the vehicletowed to a qualified specialist workshopafter an accident.

! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolledup. Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tonguewill be trapped in the door or in the seatmechanism. This could damage the door,the door trim panel and the seat belt. Dam-aged seat belts can no longer fulfil theirprotective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Fastening and releasing the seat belt

If the seat belt is pulled out quickly orsharply, the inertia reel locks. The belt strapcannot be pulled out any further.

! If the co-driver's seat is not occupied, donot engage the seat belt tongue in thebuckle on the co-driver's seat. Otherwise,the belt tensioner could be triggered in theevent of an accident and would have to bereplaced.

For easy fastening, the seat belt is guidedthrough a belt loop on the side of the driver'sseat.

: Buckle; Belt tongue

X To fasten: always engage seat belttongue ; into buckle : of the corre-sponding seat.

X To release: press the release button in beltbuckle : and guide the seat belt back bybelt tongue ;.

Belt warning for the driver and front-passenger

The 7 seat belt warning lamp in theinstrument display is a reminder that allvehicle occupants must wear their seat beltscorrectly.In addition, a warning tone may sound.The belt warning goes out as soon as thedriver and front-passenger fasten their seatbelts.

i If you are using an ISOFIX or an i-Sizechild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the child is not securedusing the seat belt of the front-passengerseat, the belt warning may be activated. Inthis case, you can insert the belt tongue ofthe seat belt into the belt buckle belongingto the front-passenger seat. To do this,guide the seat belt between the ISOFIXchild restraint system or i-Size childrestraint system and the backrest of thefront-passenger seat.

Airbags

Overview of airbags

The installation location of an airbag isidentified by the AIRBAG symbol.A deployed airbag can increase the level ofprotection provided to the vehicle occupant.

Occupant safety 33

>> S

afet

y.

Z

AIRBAG Possible protectionfor:

: Kneebag Thigh, knee and lowerleg

; Driver's air-bag

Head and thorax

= Front-passengerfront airbag

Head and thorax

? Sidebag Head and thorax

The front-passenger front airbag can only bedeployed in an accident if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit. If the front-passenger seat is occupied, make sure thatthe status of the front-passenger front air-bag is correct both before and during thejourney (Y page 35).

Protection provided by the airbags

Depending on the type of accident, an airbagcan supplement a correctly worn seat beltand provide added protection.

G WARNING

If you deviate from the correct seat posi-tion, the airbag cannot perform its inten-ded protective function and can even causeadditional injuries when deployed. Thereis an increased risk of serious or even fatalinjuries.

In order to avoid such risks, always ensurethat all vehicle occupants:

Rfasten their seatbelts correctly, includ-ing pregnant women

Rare seated correctly and maintain thefurthest possible distance from the air-bags

Robserve the following notes

Always ensure that there are no objectslocated between the airbag and the vehicleoccupant.

To avoid risks as a result of a deployed air-bag:

RAdjust seats correctly before starting yourjourney and move the driver's and front-passenger seat as far back as possible.Always observe the information on thecorrect driver's seat position (Y page 49).ROnly hold onto the outside of the steering

wheel rim. This allows the airbag to befully deployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while

driving. Do not lean forwards or leanagainst the door or side window. You mayotherwise be in the deployment area of theairbags.RAlways keep your feet on the floor. Do not

put your feet on the dashboard, for exam-ple. Your feet may otherwise be in thedeployment area of the airbag.RWhen children are travelling in the vehi-

cle, follow the related additional notes(Y page 36).RAlways properly stow and secure objects.Objects in the vehicle interior may limit anairbag's ability to function correctly. There-fore, always make sure that:

RThere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an air-bag.RThere are no objects between the seat, the

door and the door pillar (B-pillar).RNo hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, are

hanging on the grab handles or coat hooks.RNo accessories, such as cup holders, are

attached to the vehicle within the deploy-ment area of an airbag, e.g. to doors, sidewindows or side trim panels.RNo heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects

are in the pockets of clothing Store suchobjects in a suitable place.

Limited protection from airbags

G WARNING

If you modify an airbag cover or affixobjects such as stickers to it, the airbagcan no longer function correctly. There isan increased risk of injury.

Never modify an airbag cover or affixobjects to it.

34 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety

.

G WARNING

Unsuitable seat covers may obstruct oreven prevent deployment of the airbagsintegrated into the seats. The airbags maythen fail to protect the vehicle occupantsas intended. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.

Use only seat covers which have been spe-cifically approved for the respective seatby smart.

G WARNING

Sensors to control the airbags are locatedin the doors. Modifications or work not per-formed correctly to the doors or door pan-elling, as well as damaged doors, can leadto the function of the sensors beingimpaired. The airbags might therefore notfunction properly any more. Consequently,the airbags cannot protect vehicle occu-pants as they are designed to do. Thisposes an increased risk of injury.

Never modify the doors or parts of thedoors. Always have work on the doors ordoor panelling carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNING

An airbag that has been deployed oncecannot provide any further protection and,in the event of an accident, can no longerperform its intended protective function.There is an increased risk of injury.

Have the vehicle towed to a qualified spe-cialist workshop to have the deployed air-bag replaced.

Have deployed airbags replaced immedi-ately.

Status of the front-passenger front air-bag

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lampsThe front-passenger front airbag can beenabled or disabled using the airbag-off

switch in the instrument cluster on thefront-passenger side (Y page 39).

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lampand PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lampare part of the front-passenger front airbagdeactivation system.The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front airbag.

RPASSENGER AIRBAG OFF lights up: thefront-passenger front airbag is disabled.It will then not be deployed in the event ofan accident.RPASSENGER AIRBAG ON lights up: the

front-passenger front airbag is enabled.The front-passenger front airbag maydeploy during an accident.

If the front-passenger seat is occupied, makesure that the status of the front-passengerfront airbag is correct for the prevailing con-ditions both before and during the journey.

RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front airbagmust be enabled or disabled depends onthe installed child restraint system, andthe age and size of the child. Make surethat you observe the notes on "Children inthe vehicle" (Y page 36). There you willalso find instructions on backwards andforwards-facing child restraint systemson the front-passenger seat.RAll other persons: the PASSENGER AIRBAG

ON indicator lamp must be lit. The front-passenger front airbag is enabled. Be sureto observe the notes on "Seat belts"(Y page 31) and "Airbags" (Y page 34).There you can also find information on thecorrect seat position.

Observe the information on the airbag deac-tivation system of the front-passenger frontairbag (Y page 39).

Occupant safety 35

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Children in the vehicle

Travelling safely with children onboard

G WARNING

If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is placed indirect sunlight, the parts could becomevery hot. Children could be suffer burns bytouching these parts, in particular on themetallic parts of the child restraint sys-tem. There is a risk of injury.

If you and your child leave the vehicle,always make sure that the child restraintsystem is not in direct sunlight. Cover itwith a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed todirect sunlight, leave it to cool down beforesecuring the child in it. Never leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle.

To provide better protection to childrenyounger than 12 years old and under 1.50 mtall, smart recommends always observingthe following:

RSecure children only in a child restraintsystem that is appropriate for the age,weight and size of the child and that isrecommended and suitable for use in smartvehicles. Make sure you observe theinstructions for correct use of the childrestraint system.ROnly use the following securing systems

with the child restraint systems:- the seat belt system- the ISOFIX or i‑Size securing rings- the Top Tether anchoragesRThe manufacturer's child restraint system

installation instructions.RThe warning labels in the vehicle interior

and on the child restraint system.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is incorrectlyfitted on the seat position suitable for thispurpose, it cannot perform its intendedprotective function. In the event of anaccident, sharp braking or a suddenchange in direction, the child may not beheld securely. There is an increased risk ofserious or even fatal injuries.

Observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the correct use for thechild restraint system. Make sure that theentire surface of the child restraint systemis resting on the seat surface. Never placeobjects under or behind the child restraintsystem, e.g. cushions. Only use childrestraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is fitted incor-rectly or is not secured, it can come loose inthe event of an accident, heavy braking ora sudden change in direction. The childrestraint system could be thrown about,striking vehicle occupants. There is an

36 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety

.

increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Always fit child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installationinstructions.

G WARNING

Child restraint systems or their securingsystems that have been damaged or sub-jected to a load in an accident cannot per-form their intended protective function. Inthe event of an accident, sharp braking or asudden change in direction, the child maynot be held securely. There is an increasedrisk of serious or even fatal injuries.

Immediately replace child restraint sys-tems that have been damaged or subjectedto a load in an accident. Have the childrestraint securing systems checked in aqualified specialist workshop before fit-ting a child restraint system again.

i Use the smart care products to clean thechild restraint systems recommended bysmart. Further information can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Also, always observe the detailed informa-tion below:

RWhen fitting a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat, observe thenotes on child restraint systems on thefront-passenger seat (Y page 40).RNotes on attaching suitable child restraint

systems (Y page 41).RNotes on recommended child restraint

systems (Y page 44).RInstructions and safety notes on disabling

and enabling the front-passenger frontairbag (Y page 39).RNotes on seat belts (Y page 31).

ISOFIX and i‑Size child seat securingsystems

Notes on ISOFIX and i-Size child seatsecuring systems

G WARNING

ISOFIX child restraint systems or i-Sizechild restraint systems do not offer suffi-cient protection for children whose weightis greater than 22 kg, who are securedusing the safety belt integrated in thechild restraint system. The child could, forexample, not be restrained correctly in theevent of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

If the child weighs more than 22 kg, onlyuse ISOFIX child restraint systems or i-Size child restraint systems with which thechild is also secured with the vehicle seatbelt. Also secure the child restraint systemwith the Top Tether belt, if available.

When fitting a child restraint system, be sureto observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the instructions for correctuse of the child restraint system.ISOFIX and i‑Size are standardised securingsystems for special restraint systems. ISOFIXchild restraint systems are approved inaccordance with ECE R44, i‑Size childrestraint systems are approved in accord-ance with ECE R129.Only child restraint systems that complywith the ECE R44 standard may be attached tothe ISOFIX securing rings. ISOFIX childrestraint systems approved in accordancewith ECE R44 and i-Size child restraint sys-tems approved in accordance with ECE R129can be attached to i-Size securing rings.If you are using an ISOFIX or an i-Size childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand the child is not secured using the seatbelt of the front-passenger seat, the beltwarning may be activated (Y page 33).

Children in the vehicle 37

>> S

afet

y.

Z

To deactivate the belt warning for the front-passenger, proceed as follows:

X Insert the seat belt tongue into the bucklebefore the child restraint system is fittedto the front-passenger seat.

X Then fit the ISOFIX child restraint systemto the front-passenger seat (with seat beltfastened).Make sure that the seat belt does notbecome damaged.

Symbol for ISOFIX child seat securing system

Symbol for i-Size child seat securing system

Attaching ISOFIX and i‑Size child seatsecuring systems

When fitting a child restraint system, be sureto observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the instructions for correctuse of the child restraint system.Before driving the vehicle, make sure that theISOFIX or i-Size child restraint system isengaged correctly in both ISOFIX or i-Sizesecuring rings.

X Install the ISOFIX child restraint systemon both ISOFIX securing rings : or i-Sizesecuring rings ;.

orX Install the i-Size or ISOFIX child restraint

system on both i-Size securing rings ;.

Securing Top Tether

Top Tether can reduce the risk of injury,since it provides an additional connectionbetween the child restraint system securedwith ISOFIX or i-Size and the vehicle.The child restraint system must be equippedwith a Top Tether belt.

38 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety

.

Top Tether anchorage ; is fitted to the lug-gage compartment floor.

X Fit the ISOFIX child restraint system withTop Tether. Always comply with the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions when doing so.

X Route Top Tether belt ? back over thehead restraint, keeping it as central aspossible, into the luggage compartmentthrough loop :.

X Hook Top Tether hook = of Top Tetherbelt ? into Top Tether anchorage ;.Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.Ensure that:

RTop Tether hook = is hooked into TopTether anchorage ; as shown.RTop Tether belt ? is not twisted.

X Tension Top Tether belt ?. Always complywith the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions whendoing so.

Disabling/enabling the front-passenger front airbag

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air-bag is disabled. It will not be deployed inthe event of an accident and cannot per-form its intended protective function. Aperson in the front-passenger seat couldthen, for example, come into contact withthe vehicle's interior, especially if the per-son is sitting too close to the dashboard.

This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

In this case the front-passenger seat maynot be used. You may only transport a childon the front-passenger seat if they areseated in a suitable rearward or forward-facing child restraint system. Alwaysobserve the information about suitablepositioning of the child restraint system inthis Owner's Manual as well as the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions.

G WARNING

If you secure a child on the co-driver's seatin a rearward-facing child restraint sys-tem and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi-cator lamp lights up, the co-driver's airbagcould be deployed in the event of an acci-dent. The child could be struck by the air-bag. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

In this case, always ensure that the co-driver's airbag is disabled. The PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must light up.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampremains off and/or the PASSENGER AIR BAGON indicator lamp is lit, do not fit a rearward-facing child restraint system to the front-passenger seat. For more information, see"Problems with automatic front-passengerairbag deactivation" (Y page 168).

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and you position the front-passenger seat too close to the dashboard,in the event of an accident, the child could:

Rcome into contact with the vehicle'sinterior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is lit, for example

Rbe struck by the airbag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamp is on.

This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

Children in the vehicle 39

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Move the front-passenger seat as far backas possible. Always make sure that theshoulder belt strap is correctly routed fromthe vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder beltguide on the child restraint system. Theshoulder belt strap must be routed for-wards and downwards from the vehiclebelt outlet. If necessary, adjust the front-passenger seat accordingly. Additionally,always observe the information on suita-ble positioning of the child restraint sys-tem in this Owner's Manual in addition tothe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

Warning symbol for a rearward-facing childrestraint system

If you use a rearward-facing child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat, youmust disable the front-passenger front air-bag.

The airbag-off switch for manually enablingand disabling the front-passenger front air-bag is in the dashboard on the front-passenger side.

X Push in front-passenger airbag-offswitch : beyond the point of resistance.

X To disable the front-passenger front air-bag: turn airbag-off switch : anti-clock-wise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indica-tor lamp on the overhead control panellights up and stays on when the ignition isswitched on (Y page 35).

X To enable the front-passenger front air-bag: turn airbag-off switch : clockwise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON × indicatorlamp on the overhead control panel lightsup and stays on when the ignition isswitched on (Y page 35).

The front-passenger airbag is enabled whenthe ignition is switched on unless the front-passenger front airbag has been manuallydisabled. If the front-passenger front airbagis disabled and the ignition is switched on,the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indicatorlamp in the overhead control panel(Y page 35) lights up permanently.

Child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat

Notes on child restraint systems

If you secure a child in a child restraint sys-tem on the front-passenger seat, alwaysobserve the information on "Disabling thefront-passenger front airbag" (Y page 39).You avoid risks when you:

Renable or disable the front-passengerfront airbag correctlyRposition the child restraint system favour-

ably

40 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety

.

A warning notice is located on the front-passenger sun visor.

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat andthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampis off, the front-passenger front airbag candeploy in the event of an accident. Thechild could be struck by the airbag. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

NEVER use a rearward facing child restrainton a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG infront of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to theCHILD can occur.

Notes on rearward and forward facingchild restraint systems

Warning symbol for a rearward-facing childrestraint system

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-

passenger seat, always make sure that thefront-passenger front airbag is disabled.This is only the case if the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit(Y page 35).When using child restraint systems on thefront-passenger seat, always observe thefollowing:

RMove the front-passenger seat as far backas possible.RThe base of the child restraint system must

lie fully against the seat cushion of thefront-passenger seat.RThe back of a forward-facing child

restraint system must lie as flat as possi-ble against the front-passenger backrest.The child restraint system must not touchthe roof or be put under strain by the headrestraint.RAdjust the angle of the seat backrest

accordingly.RAlways make sure that the shoulder belt

strap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on thechild restraint system. The shoulder beltstrap must be routed forwards and rear-wards from the vehicle belt outlet.RNever place objects, such as a cushion,

under or behind the child restraint system.Always comply with the manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instructions forthe child restraint system used.

Suitability of the seats for childrestraint systems

Notes on attaching suitable childrestraint systems

Only child restraint systems that meet thefollowing ECE standards are permitted foruse in the vehicle:

RECE R44RECE R129 (i‑Size child restraint systems)

Children in the vehicle 41

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Label for an ECE R44 compliant child restraintsystem

Label for an ECE R129 compliant child restraintsystem

ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint systems inthe following "Universal" category may beused on seats marked U, UF, IUF or i-U inaccordance with the tables on the suitabilityof the seats for attaching child restraint sys-tems.Semi-universal child restraint systems areindicated by the text "Semi-universal" on theapproval label. Use is only permitted if thevehicle and the seat are listed in the childrestraint system manufacturer's vehiclemodel list.

Suitability of the seats for attaching belt-secured child restraint systems

Observe the following notes:

RFor certain child restraint systems in weight categories II or III, the maximum size settingmay be restricted, for instance due to possible contact with the roof.RThe child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head

restraint.RObserve the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions.Legend for the table:RX: Not suitable for children in this weight category.RU:Suitable for child restraint systems in the "Universal" category used in this weight cat-

egory.RUF: Suitable for forward-facing child restraint systems in the "Universal" category used in

this weight category.RL: Suitable for semi-universal child restraint systems in accordance with the table in

"Overview of the recommended child restraint systems" (Y page 44) or if the vehicle andthe seat are listed in the child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list.

42 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety

.

Weight categories Front-passenger front air-bag is enabled

Front-passenger front air-bag is disabled1

Category 0: up to10 kg X U, L

Category 0+: up to13 kg X U, L

Category I:9to18 kg UF, L U, L

Category II:15to25 kg UF, L U, L

Category III:22to36 kg U, L U, L

Suitability of the seats for attaching ISOFIX child restraint systems

Observe the following notes:

RFor certain child restraint systems in weight categories II or III, the maximum size settingmay be restricted, for instance due to possible contact with the roof.RThe child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head

restraint.RObserve the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions.Legend for the table:RX: Not suitable for an ISOFIX child restraint system in this weight category.RUF: Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX child restraint systems in the "Universal" category

used in this weight category.RL: Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in accordance with the table in "Overview of

the recommended child restraint systems" (Y page 44) or if the vehicle and the seat arelisted in the child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list.

Weight category Size cate-gory

Equipment Front-passenger

front airbag isenabled

Front-passenger

front airbagis disabled2

Carry-cot F ISO/L1 X X

G ISO/L2 X X

0 up to 10 kgup to approximately6 months

E ISO/R1 X IL

0+ up to 13 kgup to approximately15 months

E ISO/R1 X IL

D ISO/R2 X IL

C ISO/R3 X IL

I 9 kg up to 18 kgbetween approximately9 months and 4 years

D ISO/R2 X IL

C ISO/R3 X IL

B ISO/F2 IUF IUF

1 The vehicle is equipped with a front-passenger front airbag deactivation system. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

2 The vehicle is equipped with a front-passenger front airbag deactivation system. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

Children in the vehicle 43

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Weight category Size cate-gory

Equipment Front-passenger

front airbag isenabled

Front-passenger

front airbagis disabled2

B1 ISO/F2X IUF IUF

A ISO/F3 IUF IUF

Suitability of the seats for attaching i‑Size child restraint systems

Observe the following notes:

RFor certain child restraint systems in weight categories II or III, the maximum size settingmay be restricted, for instance due to possible contact with the roof.RThe child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head

restraint.RObserve the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions.Legend for the table:RX: Not suitable for an i-Size child restraint system in this weight category.Ri-U: Suitable for a forward-facing or rearward-facing i-Size child restraint system in the

"Universal" category.Ri‑UF: Suitable for a forward-facing i-Size child restraint system in the "Universal" cate-

gory.

Front-passenger front airbag isenabled

Front-passenger frontairbag is disabled3

i‑Size child restraint sys-tems

i‑UF i‑U

Overview of recommended child restraint systems

The smart fortwo is equipped with a manual front-passenger front airbag deactivation sys-tem.

X Before using a rearward-facing child restraint on the front-passenger seat, disable thefront-passenger airbag (Y page 39).

Recommended child restraint systems for attaching with the vehicle seat belt

Weight category Manufacturer Type Approval num-ber(E1 ...)

Order number(A 000 ...) withcolour code 9H95

Category 0:up to 10 kgup to approximately6 months

Britax Römer BABY SAFEPLUS

03 30114604 301146

970 10 00

BABY SAFEplus II

04 301146 970 20 00970 36 00

2 The vehicle is equipped with a front-passenger front airbag deactivation system. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

3 The vehicle is equipped with a front-passenger front airbag deactivation system. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

44 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety

.

Weight category Manufacturer Type Approval num-ber(E1 ...)

Order number(A 000 ...) withcolour code 9H95

Category 0+:up to 13 kgup to approximately15 months

Britax Römer BABY SAFEPLUS

03 30114604 301146

970 10 00

BABY SAFEplus II

04 301146 970 20 00970 36 00

Category I:9 kg up to 18 kgbetween approx-imately 9 monthsand 4 years

Britax Römer DUO PLUS 03 30113304 301133

970 16 00970 37 00

Category II/III:15 kg up to 36 kg

Britax Römer KIDFIX 04 301198 970 19 00970 38 00

KIDFIX XP 04 301304 970 61 00

Recommended ISOFIX child restraint systems for the "Universal"/"Semi-Universal" category

Weight cate-gory

Size cate-gory

Manufac-turer

Type Approval num-ber (E1 ...)

Order number with colour code 9H95

Category 0+:up to 13 kg

E Britax Römer BABY SAFEplus

03 30114604 301146

B6 6 86 8224

Category I:9 kg up to18 kg

B1 Britax Römer DUO PLUS 03 30113304 301133

A 000 970 1600A 000 970 3700

i You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from asmart centre.

Further related subjects:

RNotes on child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat (Y page 40).RNotes on attaching suitable child restraint systems (Y page 41).

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNING

If you leave animals unsupervised orunsecured in the vehicle, they may push abutton or a switch, for example.

They could:

Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

Rswitch vehicle systems on or off, thusendangering other road users

In the event of an accident, sudden brakingor abrupt changes of direction, unsecuredanimals could be flung around the vehicle,injuring the vehicle occupants. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

Pets in the vehicle 45

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Never leave animals unattended in thevehicle. Always secure animals correctlyduring a journey, e.g. in an animal trans-port box.

Driving safely

Driving safety system limitations

! Make sure you have suitable tyres, sothat assistance systems and drivingsafety systems can work as effectively aspossible.

If you fail to adapt your driving style or if youare inattentive, the driving safety systemscan neither reduce the risk of accident noroverride the laws of physics. Driving safetysystems are merely aids designed to assistdriving. You are responsible for the distanceto the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed andfor braking in good time. Always adapt yourdriving style to suit the prevailing road,weather and traffic conditions and maintaina safe distance from the vehicle in front.Drive carefully.For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle by smart.Further information can be obtained at asmart centre or a qualified specialist work-shop.

Braking with ABS (Anti-lock BrakingSystem)

ABS regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering thevehicle when braking.When you switch on the ignition, the !warning lamp in the instrument clusterlights up. It goes out after the engine is star-ted.ABS works from a speed of about 6 km/h,regardless of road-surface conditions. ABSintervenes in the case of slippery road sur-faces, even when you only brake gently.

X To brake while ABS intervenes: continue todepress the brake pedal with force untilthe braking situation is over.

X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and brakingcharacteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety sys-tems are deactivated. There is an increaseddanger of skidding and accidents.

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checkedimmediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Using the forward collision warning

If a risk of collision with the vehicle in frontis detected, the forward collision warningalerts the driver both visually and acousti-cally.The forward collision warning is activatedwhen you start the engine.With the help of the radar sensor system, theforward collision warning can detect obsta-cles that are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.Up to a speed of approximately 70 km/h, theforward collision warning can react to sta-tionary obstacles, such as stationary orparked vehicles.

G WARNING

The distance warning function does notreact:

Rto people or animals

Rto oncoming vehicles

Rto crossing traffic

Rwhen cornering

Thus, the distance warning function can-not provide a warning in all critical situa-tions. There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and be ready to brake.

46 Driving safely>>

Saf

ety

.

G WARNING

The distance warning function cannotalways clearly identify objects and com-plex traffic situations.

In such cases, the distance warning func-tion may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation; do not rely on the distancewarning function alone.

The · warning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up if:

Rthe distance maintained to the vehicletravelling in front is insufficientRthe vehicle is rapidly approaching a vehi-

cle travelling in front or a stationaryobject. In this case, an intermittent warn-ing tone also sounds

Detection can be restricted under the follow-ing conditions:

Rthe vehicle is new or service work has beencarried out on the system. In this case,observe the information on running-in thevehicleRthe sensors are dirty or coveredRin heavy rain or snowRinterference by other radar sources, e.g. in

multi-storey car parksRthe vehicle travelling in front is narrow,

e.g. a motorcycleRthe vehicle travelling in front is travelling

on a different lineFollowing any damage to the front end of thevehicle, have the configuration and opera-tion of the radar sensor checked at a quali-fied specialist workshop. This also applies tocollisions at slow speeds where there is novisible damage to the front of the vehicle.

X Press the switch symbol.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message. If theforward collision warning is deactivated,the indicator lamp lights up.

Driving with ESP®

ESP® supports the driver when pulling awayon wet or slippery roads. ESP® can also sta-bilise the vehicle during braking. ESP® com-prises ETS (Electronic Traction System) andCrosswind Assist.

If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, oneor more wheels are braked to stabilise thevehicle.ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away andaccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exampleif the road surface is slippery on one side.Strong crosswind gusts can impair the road-holding of your vehicle when drivingstraight ahead.Crosswind Assist reduces these impairments.Crosswind assist is active at vehicle speedsabove 70 km/h when driving straight aheador cornering gently.

If ESP® intervenes, pull away carefully andadapt your driving style to the prevailingroad and weather conditions.If the ÷ warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is active. If ESP®

intervenes, the ÷ warning lamp flashes inthe instrument cluster.

Driving safely 47

>> S

afet

y.

Z

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilise the vehicle. In addition, otherdriving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and anaccident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Information on EBD (Electronic Brake-force Distribution)

EBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.

G WARNING

If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheelscan lock, e.g. under full braking. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle to the different handling character-istics. Have the brake system checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

48 Driving safely>>

Saf

ety

.

Opening the door

X Press the # button on the key.X Open the door.

i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately 2 minutes to prevent it fromlocking itself and priming the anti-theftalarm system again.

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

Observe the following rules on the correctdriver's seat position:

Rthe driver must be as far away from thedriver's airbag as possible (Y page 33).Rthe driver must be wearing seat belt =

properly.Rthe driver must be able to depress the ped-

als properly.Rthe driver must be able to move their legs

freely.Rthe driver must be able to reach steering

wheel : with their arms slightly bent.

Rthe driver must be able to see all the dis-plays in the instrument cluster clearly.Rmove seat backrest ; to an almost vertical

position.Rsit in a normal upright position.Rthe seat belt must fit snugly across your

body.Rthe seat belt must be routed across the

middle of your shoulder.Rthe seat belt must be routed in your pelvic

area across the hip joints.Radjust the rear-view and exterior mirrors

so that the driver has a good view of theroad and traffic.

Adjusting the seats

Please note

G WARNING

If children adjust the seats, they couldbecome trapped, especially if they areunattended. There is a risk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If the driver's seat is not correctlyengaged, it could unexpectedly move whiledriving. This could cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Always ensure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.

G WARNING

When adjusting a seat, you or anothervehicle occupant could become trapped bythe guide rail of the seat, for instance.There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that no one has any part of theirbody within the sweep of the seat whenadjusting it.

Adjusting the seats 49

>> E

nte

rin

g an

d s

etti

ng

up

.

Z

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an acci-dent, you could slide underneath the seatbelt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries,for example. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of your seat-belt is routed across the centre of yourshoulder.

G WARNING

The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Make sure that the steering wheel is lockedbefore driving off. Never unlock the steer-ing wheel when the vehicle is in motion.

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmoving the seats back. There is a risk thatthe seats and/or the objects could be dam-aged.

Observe the safety notes on "Airbags"(Y page 34) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 36).

Adjusting the seat fore-and-aft posi-tion

Seat with a lever

Seat with a handwheel

To adjust the seat fore-and-aft position, theseat belt must not be fastened.

X Lift lever =.X Slide the seat forwards or backwards. The

seat engages audibly.

Adjusting the seat hight (seat with alever only)

X Pull handle ; up or push it down severaltimes.

Adjusting the seat backrest (seat with alever)

X Pull lever : forwards.X At the same time, move the backrest for-

wards or backwards.

50 Adjusting the seats>>

En

teri

ng

and

set

tin

g u

p.

Adjusting the seat backrest (seat with ahandwheel)

X Turn handwheel ? forwards or back-wards.

Adjusting the steering wheel

G WARNING

The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Make sure that the steering wheel is lockedbefore driving off. Never unlock the steer-ing wheel when the vehicle is in motion.

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

G WARNING

Children could become trapped by thesteering wheel if they adjust it. There is arisk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

X Fold down lever :.X Set desired steering wheel height 2.X Fold up lever :.X Check that the steering column is locked.

Adjusting the mirrors

Adjusting the interior mirror

X Move the interior mirror up, down, left orright.

Setting the interior mirror to anti-daz-zle mode

X Fold lever : forwards.

Adjusting the mirrors 51

>> E

nte

rin

g an

d s

etti

ng

up

.

Z

Adjusting the exterior mirrors man-ually

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

G WARNING

The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Make sure that the steering wheel is lockedbefore driving off. Never unlock the steer-ing wheel when the vehicle is in motion.

G WARNING

The exterior mirrors reduce the size of theimage. Objects visible in the mirrors arecloser than they appear. You could mis-judge the distance from road users drivingbehind you when changing lanes, forinstance. There is a risk of an accident.

You should therefore always look over yourshoulder to determine the actual distancefrom road users driving behind you.

X Move lever : up, down, left or right.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors electri-cally

In order to adjust the exterior mirrors elec-trically, the ignition must be switched on.

X To select the left or right exterior mirror:turn control = left 1 or right 2.

X To adjust the exterior mirrors: move con-trol = up, down, left or right.

52 Adjusting the mirrors>>

En

teri

ng

and

set

tin

g u

p.

Running-in a new vehicle

Running-in the engine with due careimproves the engine's performance in lateryears. After 1500 km, the engine speed can beincreased gradually. Also follow the notes onrunning-in when the engine or parts of thedrive train have been replaced.In some drive and driving safety systems, thesensor system resets automatically aftervehicle delivery or repairs. Full systemeffectiveness is not reached until the end ofthis teach-in procedure.

During the first 1500 km of the running-inperiod, note the following:

X Drive at varying vehicle and enginespeeds.

X Avoid high engine loads, such as driving atfull throttle.

X Drive at a speed that is less than Ô themaximum speed.

X Do not use the engine brake to brake.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: do

not depress the accelerator beyond thepressure point (kickdown)

X Vehicles with automatic transmission: ide-ally drive the vehicle in drive program E(Comfort).

New brake pads/linings and discs only reachtheir optimum braking effect after severalhundred kilometres of driving. Therefore,note the following during the running-inperiod:

X Drive carefully.X Brake more firmly.

Starting the engine

Please note

G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users

Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended inthe vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poi-soning. There is a risk of fatal injury.Therefore never leave the engine runningin enclosed spaces without sufficient ven-tilation.

G WARNING

Flammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust sys-tem or parts of the engine that heat up.There is a risk of fire.

Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materialsin the engine compartment or in theexhaust system.

G WARNING

If you attach heavy or large objects to thekey, the key could be unintentionallyturned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objects tothe key. Remove any bulky keyrings beforeinserting the key into the ignition lock.

! Do not depress the accelerator whenstarting the engine.

Starting the engine 53

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

u To insert the key into the ignition lock1 To switch on the power supply2 To switch on the ignition3 To start the engine

Manual transmission

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Select neutral.X Insert the key into the ignition lock.X Turn the key to position 3.

Automatic transmission

X Depress the brake.X Turn the key to position 3.X Shift out of transmission position P.

Pulling away

Please note

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell can impedepedal travel or block a pedal which isdepressed. This jeopardises safe operationof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects in the vehicle safely, sothat they cannot reach the driver's foot-well. Make sure the floormats and carpetsare properly secured so that they cannotslip and obstruct the pedals. Do not lay

several floormats or carpets on top of oneanother.

G WARNING

Unsuitable footwear can hinder correctusage of the pedals, e.g.:

Rshoes with thick soles

Rshoes with high heels

Rslippers

There is a risk of an accident.

Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNING

If you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only avail-able with limitations, or not at all. Thiscould affect, for example, the power steer-ing and the brake boosting effect. You willrequire considerably more effort to steerand brake. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

Note the following when pulling away:

Rdo not warm up the engine when the vehi-cle is stationary.Rdo not drive with the parking brake

applied.Ruse caution when pulling away on slippery

surfaces.Rdo not allow tyres to spin.Ravoid excessive engine speeds and full

throttle until the engine has reached itsoperating temperature.

Note the following on vehicles with auto-matic transmission:

Rdepress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.Rpress the release button on the selector

lever.Rshift the selector lever to position D or R.

54 Pulling away>>

Dri

vin

g.

Using the parking brake

Please note

G WARNING

If the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brakecan:

Roverheat and cause a fire

Rlose its hold function.

There is a risk of fire and an accident.Release the parking brake fully beforedriving off.

G WARNING

If you must brake the vehicle with theparking brake, the braking distance isconsiderably longer and the wheels couldlock. This increases the risk of skiddingand an accident.

Only use the parking brake to brake thevehicle when the service brake is faulty. Donot apply the parking brake too firmly. Ifthe wheels lock, release the parking brakeuntil the wheels begin turning again.

G WARNING

If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Applying the parking brake

X Pull parking brake ; upwards.

The brake lights do not light up when youbrake the vehicle with the parking brake.

Releasing the parking brake

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Press release button : on parkingbrake ; and move the parking brake downto the stop.

Hill start assist

G WARNING

After a while, hill start assist no longerholds the vehicle and it may roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hillstart assist.

Hill start assist keeps the vehicle in placewhen driving uphill as soon as the brakepedal is released.Hill start assist is only active in the follow-ing situations:

Rwhen pulling away on an uphill slopeRwhen the parking brake is releasedRvehicles with automatic transmission: the

transmission is not in position NRESP® is functioning correctly.

Pulling away 55

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

X Release the brake pedal.The vehicle is then held for about one sec-ond.

X Pull away.

Automatic start/stop system

Useful information

The automatic start/stop system automati-cally switches off the engine when the vehi-cle stops moving and starts it up again whenpulling away. All vehicle systems except theair-conditioning system or automatic cli-mate control continue to operate duringautomatic engine switch-off.Indicator lamps of the automatic start/stopsystem

Rè conditions fulfilled. The engine isswitched offRç conditions not fulfilled, the stop

inhibitor is active The engine will not stopautomatically.

The engine stops automatically in the fol-lowing situations:

Rthe automatic start/stop system isswitched onRunder suitable outside temperaturesRthe engine is at normal operating temper-

atureRthe temperature in the vehicle interior has

reached the set valueRthe battery is chargedRthe windscreen is not misted up (when the

air conditioning is switched on)Rthe doors and tailgate are closedRthe driver's seat belt is fastenedRreverse gear is not engagedThe engine starts automatically in the fol-lowing situations:

Rthe automatic start/stop system isswitched offRthe clutch pedal is depressedRthe brake is depressedRthe vehicle is rollingRthe temperature in the vehicle interior dif-

fers from the set temperatureRthe tailgate is opened

Rthe windscreen is misted upRthe battery charge is too low

Switching off the engine automatically

Manual transmission

X Stop the vehicle.X Select neutral.X Release the clutch pedal.

The engine is switched off. The è indi-cator lamp lights up in the instrumentcluster.

Automatic transmission

X Stop the vehicle in transmission position Dor N, even when shifting manually.The engine is switched off. The è indi-cator lamp lights up in the instrumentcluster.

Starting the engine automatically

Manual transmission

X Depress the clutch pedal.

! Vehicles with manual transmission: onlyengage gear when the clutch pedal isdepressed.

Automatic transmission

X Release the brake pedal.

Deactivating/activating the automaticstart/stop system

56 Automatic start/stop system>>

Dri

vin

g.

The automatic start/stop system is activatedautomatically when the engine is started.

X Press the switch symbol.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message. The indica-tor lamp lights up when the automaticstart/stop system is deactivated or there isa malfunction.

Manual transmission

Shifting to neutral

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Move the gear lever to position i.

Engaging a gear

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Engage a gear.

Engaging reverse gear

! Only engage reverse gear with the engineat idling speed and the vehicle stationary.You could otherwise damage the manualtransmission.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Select neutral.X smart66 kWturbo:pull the sleeve on the

gear lever upwards.X Push the gear lever back to the right.

Automatic transmission

Please note

G WARNING

If the engine speed is above the idlingspeed and you engage transmission posi-tion D or R, the vehicle could pull awaysuddenly. There is a risk of an accident.

When engaging transmission position D orR, always firmly depress the brake pedaland do not simultaneously accelerate.

G WARNING

When the engine is switched off, the auto-matic transmission shifts into neutralposition N. The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.

Always shift to parking position P beforeswitching off the engine. Secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away by applyingthe parking brake.

In position D, the transmission automati-cally selects the gears based on the followingcriteria:

Rselected drive programRposition of the accelerator pedalRspeed driven

Transmission position display

: Transmission position display; Drive program display

Automatic transmission 57

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

The following transmission positions areavailable:

RB Park positionPark position secures a vehicle from roll-ing away when stationary, but should notbe used as a parking brake.Only shift to position P when the vehicle isstationary.Apply the parking brake.RC Reverse gear

Only shift to position R when the vehicle isstationary.RA Neutral

No power is transmitted from the engine tothe drive wheels.Only shift to position N when the vehicle isstationary.R7 Drive

The automatic transmission changes gearautomatically. All forward gears are avail-able.

Changing the transmission position

B Park position with parking lockC Reverse gearA Neutral7 Drive

The ignition must be switched on in order toshift the transmission to positions P, N or R.To shift the transmission from position P, youmust also depress the brake pedal.

X Press release knob :.X Shift the selector lever to the desired

transmission position.

Maximum acceleration (kickdown)

To reach maximum acceleration, use kick-down:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The transmission shifts to a lower geardepending on the engine speed.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts to ahigher gear.

Selecting drive programs

Two drive programs are available with dif-ferent characteristics. The automatic trans-mission switches to drive program E everytime the engine is started.Drive program E (Comfort) is characterisedby the following:

Rcomfortable driving styleRoptimum fuel consumption through early

upshiftingRdriving at low engine speeds; the wheels

are less likely to spinDrive program S (Dynamic) is characterisedby the following:

Rdynamic, active driving styleRlate upshiftingRpossibly higher fuel consumption

X Press program selector button :.The letter of the selected drive programappears in the display.

58 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

vin

g.

Changing gear manually

Useful information

On vehicles with an automatic transmission,you can shift gears manually using theselector lever or shift paddles. If it is per-missible, the automatic transmission shiftsto the next highest or next lowest gear.When manual shifting is activated, the cur-rent gear is shown in the display.Two options are available for manual shift-ing:

Rpermanent manual gearshiftingRshort-term manual gearshifting (vehicles

with Sports package)

Permanent manual gearshifting

Activating

X Shift the gear selector lever to position D.X Push the selector lever to the left.

Deactivating

X Push the selector lever to the right.

Short-term manual gearshifting (vehi-cles with Sports package)

Activating

X Shift the gear selector lever to position D.X Press shift paddle : or ;.

The short-term setting remains active for acertain length of time. Under certain condi-tions this minimum amount of time isincreased, e.g. when driving up a steep slope.

DeactivatingX Press and hold shift paddle ;.

Shifting with the selector lever

Shifting up

X Push the selector lever in the W direc-tion.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.

DownshiftingX Push the selector lever in the X direc-

tion.The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.

Automatic transmission 59

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

When coasting, the automatic transmissionshifts down.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.

Shifting with shift paddles (vehicles withSports package)

Shifting up

X Press shift paddle ;.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.

DownshiftingX Press shift paddle :.

The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.

When coasting, the automatic transmissionshifts down.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.

Using the turn signals

The ignition must be switched on in order touse the turn signals.

X To indicate: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1 (right) or 2(left) past the point of resistance.

X To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the point of resistance.The turn signal flashes three times.

Driving economically

Notes on economical driving

H Environmental note

CO2 (carbon dioxide) is the gas which sci-

entists believe to be principally responsi-ble for global warming (the greenhouseeffect). Your vehicle's CO2 emissions are

directly related to fuel consumption andtherefore depend on:

Refficient use of the fuel by the engine

Rdriving style

Rother non-technical factors, such asenvironmental influences, road condi-tions or traffic flow

You can minimise your vehicle's CO2 emis-

sions by driving carefully and having itserviced regularly.

Conservative driving and regular vehiclemaintenance help minimise CO2 emissions.

i Only for certain countries: you can findthe current consumption and emissionvalues of your vehicle in the COC docu-

60 Driving economically>>

Dri

vin

g.

ments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY).These documents are delivered with yourvehicle.The consumption figures were in each casebased on the currently applicable version:Rfor vehicles that comply with or exceed

the EURO 5 standard, in accordance withRegulation (EC) No. 715/2007

Deviations from these values may occurunder normal operating conditions.

Recommendations for driving economically:

Rmake sure the tyre pressures are correct.Ravoid unnecessary loads.Rwarm up the engine while driving at low

engine speeds.Rvehicles with manual transmission: change

to a higher gear in good time.Rvehicles with automatic transmission:

drive the vehicle in drive program E (Com-fort).Raccelerate moderately.Rdrive with care.Rrelease the accelerator pedal in good time.Rallow the vehicle to coast without using

the brakes.Rhave maintenance work carried out at the

specified service intervals.

H Environmental note

Avoid excessive engine speeds. Thisunnecessarily increases the fuel con-sumption of your vehicle and harms theenvironment as a result of increased emis-sions.

Monitoring the rev counter

Rev counter and dashboard clock

Rev counter : with dashboard clock ; canbe adjusted to the left or right.

Overrevving range

The overrevving range of the engine is shownwith dashed lines in the orange marking ofrev counter :. The fuel supply is interrup-ted to protect the engine when the overrev-ving range is reached.

X Regularly check the engine speed whiledriving.

X If a high engine speed is displayed, shiftup a gear.

Gearshift recommendations

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style.

Monochrome display (manual transmission)

Driving economically 61

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Monochrome display (automatic transmission,manual gearshifting)

Colour display (manual transmission)

Colour display (automatic transmission, man-ual gearshifting)

X Depending on gearshift recommenda-tion :, shift up or down a gear.

Understanding the eco score display inthe on-board computer

Useful information

The eco score display provides informationon how to drive economically.A higher percentage indicates a more eco-nomical driving style.The percentage count in the eco score dis-play only appears after covering a distanceof approx. 400 m. If the ignition remainsswitched off for longer than 4 hours, the ecoscore display will be reset.

Monochrome display

Colour display

The percentage in the eco score display iscalculated using the following categories:

Raccelerate: the value increases withmoderate acceleration.Ranticipatory: the value increases when

unnecessary acceleration and decelera-tion is avoided.RVehicles with manual transmission: shift:

the value increases when gearshift rec-ommendations in the display are followed.

62 Driving economically>>

Dri

vin

g.

Using the eco score display in the smartMedia-System

Calling up the eco score menu

X Select Vehicle > eco score.

Evaluating the current trip

X Select Current trip .The following rating information and val-ues appear:RBar graphs for accelerate, anticipa‐tory and shiftRDistance coveredRTotal eco score as a percentage

Saving the current trip

X Select Current trip > Save.X Select the category under which you want

to save the trip.The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent trip will be reset. In the instrumentcluster, the trip computer values will bereturned to “From reset”.

Comparing the current trip with thesaved trips from a category

: Last trip saved in this category; Average value for the category= Best trip in the category

X Select Current trip > W > Compare.X Select category.

A comparison of the values for the currenttrip with the values of the selected cate-gory appears.

X Select the comparison value :, ; or =.The current trip is compared to the respec-tive comparison value from the category.

Resetting the current trip data

X Select Current trip > Reset.X Select Yes.

In the instrument cluster, the trip com-puter values will be returned to “Fromreset”.

Activating/deactivating eco score after atrip

X To activate: select Current trip > W >Show eco score after trip.

X To deactivate: select Current trip > W >Hide eco score after trip.

Displaying eco score for saved trips in acategory

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips.

X Select category.eco score contains the following compari-son values for each category:RSummaryRLast valueRAverage valueRBest valueThe following types of evaluations areavailable for the Last trip saved cate-gory:RSummaryRDetailed report

Renaming a category

At least one trip must be stored in the respec-tive category.

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips > W > Rename this category.

Driving economically 63

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Resetting the eco score of one category

At least one trip must be stored in the respec-tive category.

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips > W > Reset this category.

Braking correctly

Please note

G WARNING

The braking system can overheat if youleave your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This increases the braking dis-tance and could even cause the brakingsystem to fail. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Donot simultaneously depress both the brakepedal and the accelerator pedal whiledriving.

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. This increases the risk of skid-ding and having an accident.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

Braking on steep downhill gradients

The engine's braking effect reduces the loadon the brake system.

X On long and steep downhill gradients,downshift to a lower gear in good time.

Braking on wet road surfaces

There may be a delayed brake response whendriving on wet roads, after driving through acar wash or after driving through deep water.

X Maintain a greater distance from the vehi-cle in front.

X Brake more firmly.

Braking on salt-treated roads

When driving on salt-treated roads, a layerof salt may form on the brake discs and pads.This increases the vehicle's braking dis-tance.

X In order to prevent any salt build-up,apply the brakes occasionally while pay-ing attention to the traffic conditions.

X Brake carefully at the end of the journeyand when starting the next journey.

X Maintain a greater distance to the vehiclein front.

Driving on wet roads

Aquaplaning

Regardless of driving style and tyre treaddepths, aquaplaning can occur on the road.Adapt your driving style as follows:

X Reduce the speed.X Brake carefully.X Avoid sudden steering movementsX Avoid tyre ruts.

Fording

! Bear in mind that vehicles travelling infront or in the opposite direction createwaves. This may cause the maximum per-missible water depth to be exceeded.These notes must be observed under allcircumstances. You could otherwise dam-age the engine, the electronics or thetransmission.

Observe the following when driving throughstanding water:

X Do not drive through water that is higherthan the lower edge of the vehicle body.

X Drive at walking pace.

64 Driving on wet roads>>

Dri

vin

g.

Winter driving

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. This increases the risk of skid-ding and having an accident.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

G DANGER

If the exhaust pipe is blocked or sufficientventilation is not possible, poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxidemay enter the vehicle. This is the case, forexample, if the vehicle gets stuck in snow.There is a risk of fatal injury.

If you have to leave the engine running,keep the exhaust pipe and the area aroundthe vehicle free of snow. Open a window onthe leeward side of the vehicle to ensure anadequate supply of fresh air.

X Before the start of winter, have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Use winter tyres and, if applicable, snowchains.

X Drive carefully and avoid sudden acceler-ation, turning and braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

X Do not use cruise control.X If the vehicle skids, take corrective steer-

ing actions to counteract the movement.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: if

the vehicle skids, shift the transmission toposition N.

X Do not use the outside temperature displayas a way to determine if conditions are icy.

X Observe the road surface.

Lane Keeping Assist

Please note

G WARNING

Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearlyidentify lane markings.

In these cases, Lane Keeping Assist may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay particular attention to thetraffic situation and keep in lane, espe-cially if Lane Keeping Assist alerts you.

G WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist warning does notreturn the vehicle to the original lane.There is a risk of an accident.

Always steer, apply the brakes or acceler-ate the vehicle yourself, especially if LaneKeeping Assist alerts you.

Lane Keeping Assist issues an acoustic andvisual warning when a vehicle unintention-ally leaves the lane.Lane Keeping Assist uses a camera which islocated on the windscreen behind the rear-view mirror.Lane Keeping Assist does not keep your vehi-cle in its lane. The driver is responsible fordriving the vehicle in a safe manner andstaying within the lane.Lane Keeping Assist could be impaired or failto respond under the following conditions:

Rpoor visibilityRstrong glaring lightRdirty windscreen in the camera areaRunclear or broken lane markingsRvery narrow and winding roadsRhighly variable shade conditions on the

roadWhen the turn signal is set, warnings aresuppressed for a certain period of time.

Lane Keeping Assist 65

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

No warning is given in the following situa-tions:

Rwhen crossing a lane marking quicklyRat speeds below 70 km/h

Activating and deactivating LaneKeeping Assist

X Press the switch symbol.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message. The indica-tor lamp also lights up when Lane KeepingAssist is deactivated.The ¸ symbol appears in the displaywhen Lane Keeping Assist is activated. Atspeeds above 70 km/h, Lane Keeping Assistis ready for use and the ¤ symbolappears. On vehicles with a colour display,the ¸ symbol lights up green.

Cruise control and limiter

Please note

G WARNING

If you call up the stored speed and thisdiffers from your current speed, the vehi-cle will accelerate. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle can accelerateunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Before you call up the stored speed, payattention to traffic conditions. If you do notknow the stored speed, store the desiredspeed again.

Cruise control is used in order to drive longerat a constant speed. The limiter helps toavoid exceeding a stored speed.The driver is responsible for driving thevehicle in a safe manner, controlling thevehicle speed and braking in good time.The two driver assist systems require thefollowing:

Rfavourable weather and good visibilityRgood road and traffic conditionsThe cruise control and limiter systems do notbrake automatically.

RReduce the vehicle speed by applying thebrakes.ROn long and steep downhill gradients,

downshift to a lower gear in good time.Cruise control is interrupted when the fol-lowing occur:

Rbraking (including the parking brake)RacceleratingRESP® interventionOn an uphill gradient or when acceleratingbriefly, cruise control may interrupt speedregulation. Afterwards, the set speed isapplied again.On downhill slopes, the limiter can exceedthe set speed. In this case, the stored speedflashes in the display and a warning tonesounds.Cruise control is ready for use at speedsabove 30 km/h. With the limiter, speeds of30 km/h and over can be set as the maximumspeed.Cruise control and limiter cannot be activa-ted at the same time.

Activating cruise control or the limiter

66 Cruise control and limiter>>

Dri

vin

g.

X Press top (cruise control) or bottom (lim-iter) of button :.The ¯ (cruise control) or È (limiter)button appears in the instrument clusterdisplay.

Storing the current speed

X Press button ; (®).Limiter:the stored speed appears next tothe È symbol in the instrument clusterdisplay.

X Cruise control:release the acceleratorpedal. The vehicle automatically main-tains the stored speed. The stored speedappears next to the ¯ symbol in theinstrument cluster display.

If there is a change of drivers, inform the newdriver of the speed stored.

Adjusting the stored speed

X Press (+) or (-) button ; repeatedly untilthe desired speed is reached.

Interrupting cruise control and thelimiter

X Press button ? (±).The stored speed can be accessed againlater.

The stored speed is deleted when the engineis switched off.

Calling up the stored speed

X Press button = (°).X Cruise control:release the accelerator

pedal.

Deactivating cruise control or the lim-iter

X Press button : to OFF centre position. The¯ or È symbol in the instrumentcluster display goes out. The stored speedis deleted.

The stored speed is deleted when the engineis switched off.

Refuelling

Refuelling notes

G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. If you handlefuel incorrectly, there is a risk of fire andexplosion.

You must avoid fire, naked flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refuelling.

G WARNING

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous tohealth. There is a danger of injury.

Do not swallow fuel or let it come into con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do notinhale fuel vapours. Keep fuels out of thereach of children.

If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:

RWash the fuel off any affected areas ofskin with water and soap immediately.

RIf you get fuel in your eyes, rinse themthoroughly with clean water immedi-ately. Seek immediate medical attention.

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek immediatemedical attention. Do not induce vomit-ing.

RChange any clothing that has come intocontact with fuel immediately.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with apetrol engine. Do not switch on the ignitionif you accidentally refuel with the wrongfuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuelsystem. Even small amounts of the wrongfuel can result in damage to the fuel sys-tem and the engine. Notify a qualified spe-cialist workshop and have the fuel tankand fuel lines drained completely.

! The BRABUS engine is designed forunleaded fuel with a minimum octane rat-

Refuelling 67

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

ing of 98 RON/88 MON. In countries whereunleaded fuel with a minimum octane rat-ing of 98 RON is not available, you can useunleaded fuel with an octane rating of95 RON in emergencies. This may reduceengine performance and increase fuel con-sumption. When transporting a heavyload, using fuel with 95 RON may result inengine damage. smart recommends thatyou always operate your vehicle (petrolengine) with unleaded fuel which has aminimum octane rating of 98 RON/88 MON.

! Only refuel using unleaded petrol with atleast 95 RON, which conforms to the Euro-pean standard EN 228 or E DIN or an equiv-alent specification.Fuel of this specification may contain up to10% ethanol. Your vehicle is suitable foruse with E10 fuel. You may refuel yourvehicle using E10 fuel.Fuel that does not conform to EN 228 canlead to increased wear as well as damage tothe fuel system, engine and exhaust sys-tem.

! Only use the fuel recommended. Operat-ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead todamage to the fuel system, engine andexhaust system.

! Operation of the engine with fuel addi-tives added later can cause engine dam-age. Therefore, do not mix any fuel addi-tives with the fuel. This does not includeadditives for the removal and preventionof residue build-up. Petrol must only bemixed with additives recommended bysmart. Observe the instructions for use inthe product description. For further infor-mation on recommended additives enquireat any smart centre.

! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuelcan. The fuel lines and/or the fuel injectionsystem could otherwise be blocked by par-ticles from the fuel can.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on paintedsurfaces. You could otherwise damage thepaintwork.

For further information on fuel and fuelquality (Y page 190).The available fuel grade in some countriesmay be inadequate. In this case, add the rec-

ommended additives. Observe the notes andmixing ratios specified on the container.For BRABUS vehicles: only refuel usingunleaded super grade petrol with an octanerating of at least 98 RON/88 MON if you wantmaximum performance from the engine. Inemergencies you can also use unleaded pet-rol with an octane rating of at least 95 RON/85MON.The arrow of symbol 8 shows the positionof the fuel filler cap in the instrument clusterdisplay.

Refuelling

G WARNING

Electrostatic charge can cause sparks andthereby ignite fuel vapours. There is a riskof fire and explosion.

Always touch the vehicle body beforeopening the fuel filler flap or touching thefuel pump nozzle. This discharges anyelectrostatic charge that may have builtup.

Do not get into the vehicle again during therefuelling process. There is a risk of creatingan electrostatic charge.

= Fuel type instruction label

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Open fuel filler flap : in the direction of

the arrow.X Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise and

remove it from the filler neck.X Hang the fuel filler cap on the hook on the

inside of fuel filler flap ;.

68 Refuelling>>

Dri

vin

g.

X Insert the filler neck of the fuel pump noz-zle all the way into the tank and refuel.

X Only fill the fuel tank until the pump noz-zle switches off. The fuel may otherwiseleak out. Overfilling the fuel tank can dam-age the fuel system.

X Replace the fuel filler cap on the filler neckand turn it clockwise.

X Close the fuel filler flap.

Refuelling 69

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Switching on the lighting

Useful information

The driver must ensure that the light set-tings match the current weather, light andtraffic conditions.For reasons of safety, smart recommends thatyou drive with the lights switched on evenduring the daytime.A warning tone sounds if the lights are stillon when you leave the vehicle.In some countries, operation of the head-lamps varies due to legal requirements andself-imposed obligations.

: Combination switch control; Marking

Activating automatic headlamp mode

G WARNING

When the light switch is set to Ã, thedipped-beam headlamps may not beswitched on automatically if there is fog,snow or other causes of poor visibility dueto the weather conditions such as spray.There is a risk of an accident.

In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

While the engine is running, the light settingis selected automatically according to thebrightness of the ambient light. Ã con-trols the daytime driving lights, side lampsand dipped-beam headlamps. The automaticheadlamp feature is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for the vehicle's lighting at alltimes.

X Turn combination switch control : to theà position.

The lights go out automatically in the fol-lowing situations:

RThe engine is switched off.RThe driver's door is opened.RThe vehicle is locked.RThe main-beam headlamps are not

switched on when the vehicle is station-ary.

Switching on the dipped-beam head-lamps

X Turn combination switch control : to theL position.The L indicator lamp lights up in theinstrument cluster.

Switching the main-beam headlampson or off

The engine must be running.

X Turn the combination switch control to theà or K position.

X To switch on: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1.

X To switch off: move the combination switchback to its original position.

The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the main-beam head-lamps are switched on.

70 Switching on the lighting>>

En

suri

ng

good

vis

ibil

ity

.

Using the headlamp flasher

X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow 2.

Switching on the side lamps

X Turn combination switch control : to theT position.

Switching on the foglamps and rearfoglamps

Only vehicles with front foglamps have the"Foglamps" function.

: Combination switch middle ring; Marking

The side lamps or dipped-beam headlampsmust be switched on.

X Turn combination switch middle ring : tothe desired marking:RO FoglampsRR Rear foglamp

After releasing, the combination switch mid-dle ring returns automatically to the neutralposition.The foglamps and rear foglamps go out auto-matically in the following situations:

Rthe lights are switched off.Rthe engine is switched off and the control

is in the à position.

Using the cornering light function

Only vehicles with front foglamps have the"Use cornering lights" function.

The cornering light function uses the frontfoglamps to improve the illumination of theroad in the direction in which you are turn-ing, enabling better visibility in tight bends,for example.The following conditions must be fulfilled forthe cornering light function to switch onautomatically:RThe dipped-beam headlamps are switched

on.RThe vehicle is moving at less than 40 km/h.RThe turn signal is switched on or the steer-

ing wheel is turned.

Adjusting the lighting

Adjusting the headlamp range

The vehicle load can affect the headlamprange. This can impair visibility, and theheadlamps can dazzle oncoming traffic.

The ignition must be switched on in order toset the headlamp range.

X Turn the M headlamp range control tothe position which corresponds to the loadin your vehicle.Rg: Driver's seat occupied or driver's

seat and front-passenger seat occupiedR1: Other loadingOn-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.

Adjusting the dipped-beam headlampsto left-hand and right-hand traffic

The symmetrical dipped-beam headlampsare required when travelling in countrieswhere vehicles are driven on the opposite

Adjusting the lighting 71

>> E

nsu

rin

g go

od v

isib

ilit

y.

Z

side of the road to that in which the vehicle isregistered. Unlike the asymmetrical dipped-beam headlamps, these headlamps do notdazzle oncoming traffic. Symmetricaldipped-beam headlamps provide less illu-mination to the edge of the carriageway.

X Open the service cover.X Turn the screws of both headlamps as far

as they will go in the X direction for thesymmetrical dipped-beam setting and inthe W direction for the asymmetricaldipped-beam setting.

X Have the dipped-beam headlamp settingchecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Using the interior lighting

Switching the interior lighting on andoff

The interior lights go on when you unlock thedoors.The interior lights switch off in the followingsituations:

RA door is opened and 15 minutes havepassed.RAll doors are closed, the vehicle has been

locked and 15 seconds have passed.RAll doors are closed, the vehicle has not

been locked and 4 minutes have passed.RThe engine has been started.The interior lighting can be activated when adoor is open. After closing the doors, theinterior lighting goes out.

X Press switch : to activate or deactivatethe left-hand reading lamp.

X Move switch ; to the desired position:Rinterior lighting switched onRinterior lighting controlled automati-

callyRinterior lighting switched off

X Press switch = to activate or deactivatethe right-hand reading lamp.

Adjusting the ambient lighting (colourdisplay)

On-board computer with colour display: theambient lighting is set in the on-board com-puter (Y page 92).

Using the windscreen wipers

Switching on the windscreen wipers

Please note

! Do not operate the windscreen wiperswhen the windscreen is dry, as this coulddamage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windscreen canscratch the glass if wiping takes placewhen the windscreen is dry.If it is necessary to switch on the wind-screen wipers in dry weather conditions,always operate them using washer fluid.

! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the wind-screen becomes dirty in dry weather con-ditions, the windscreen wipers may beactivated inadvertently. This could dam-age the windscreen wiper blades orscratch the windscreen.

72 Using the windscreen wipers>>

En

suri

ng

good

vis

ibil

ity

.

For this reason, you should always switchoff the windscreen wipers in dry weather.

! Make sure that the windscreen wipers arefree of ice. Otherwise the wiper motor mayoverheat.

Wiper blades are subject to wear and tear.smart recommends replacing the wiperblades twice a year. Worn or damaged wiperblades cause smearing on the windscreen. Onvehicles with a rain sensor, malfunctions arethen possible.

Switching continuous wipe on and off

: Control for wipe frequency

To operate the windscreen wiper, the igni-tion must be switched on.

X Press the combination switch down or upto the desired position:R1 Continuous wipe, slowR2 Continuous wipe, fast

In position 2, the wipe frequency is reducedif the engine is switched off automatically.In position 1 or in the © position, thewindscreen wipers switch off when theengine is switched off automatically and thedriver's door is opened.

Automatic wipe (vehicles with rain sen-sor)

The rain sensor is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for ensuring good visibility atall times.

X Press the combination switch to the Ãposition. In automatic wipe mode, theappropriate wiping frequency is setaccording to the intensity of the rain.

X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.

Switching on intermittent wiping

X Press the combination switch to the Ãposition.

X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.

Wiping with washer fluid

X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow î.

Switching the rear window wiper onand off (smart fortwo coupé)

To operate the rear window wiper, the igni-tion must be switched on.

X Turn the outer control on the combinationswitch to the desired position:R$ Rear window wiper offRè Rear window wiper onRî Wipes with washer fluid

Switching the rear window wiper onand off when in reverse gear (smartfortwo coupé)

You can switch the "Automatic rear windowwiper when reversing" setting on or off in thesmart Media-System. This setting brieflyoperates the rear window wiper automati-cally when the ignition and the windscreenwipers are switched on and reverse gear isengaged.

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Auto rear wipe with reverse gear.The selected setting is highlighted.

X Confirm the setting with Done.

Using the windscreen wipers 73

>> E

nsu

rin

g go

od v

isib

ilit

y.

Z

Folding the sun visor to the side

: Mirror cover; Bracket= Retaining strap? Vanity mirror

X Fold the sun visor down.X Pull the sun visor out of retainer ;.X Fold the sun visor to one side

74 Folding the sun visor to the side>>

En

suri

ng

good

vis

ibil

ity

.

Locking and unlocking the doors fromthe inside

Using the door handle to unlock thedoor

X Pull door handle :.

If the vehicle has previously been lockedwith the key, opening a door from the insidewill trigger the anti-theft alarm system. Todisable the alarm, switch on the ignition.

Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the inside

G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users

Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended in

the vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.

X To lock: press button :.When the doors are locked, indicatorlamp ; lights up.

X To unlock: press button :.

Activating and deactivating the auto-matic locking feature

The activated automatic locking featurelocks the vehicle automatically when theignition is switched on and the vehicle ismoving.

X When the engine is running, press andhold button : for 5 seconds until a tonesounds.When the automatic locking function isactivated, the locking mechanism engagesaudibly when you pull away. When theautomatic locking function is deactivated,no sound occurs.

Activating the double-lock function

For England only: the double-lock functionprevents the doors from being opened fromthe inside.

G WARNING

When the double locks are activated, thedoors can no longer be opened from theinside. People in the vehicle can no longerget out, e.g. in hazardous situations. Thereis a risk of injury.

Locking and unlocking the doors from the inside 75

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

Therefore, do not leave any people unsu-pervised in the vehicle, particularly chil-dren, elderly people or people in need ofspecial assistance. Do not activate thedouble lock when people are in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.

X Press button : twice.The double-lock function is enabled.

Understanding the reversing function

The side windows are equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts a side window from clos-ing during automatic operation, the sidewindow opens again automatically. Duringthe manual closing process, the side windowonly opens again automatically after thecorresponding switch is released. The auto-matic reversing feature is only an aid. Thedriver is responsible for operating the sidewindows safely.

G WARNING

The reversing function does not react:

Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. smallfingers

Rwhile resetting

This means that the reversing feature can-not prevent someone being trapped inthese situations. There is a risk of injury.

When closing, make sure that no parts ofthe body are in the closing area. If someonebecomes trapped, press the switch to openthe side window again.

Opening and closing the windows

Please note

G WARNING

While closing the side windows, body partsin the closing area could become trapped.There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts ofthe body are in the closing area. If some-body becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the side windowagain.

G WARNING

Children could become trapped if theyoperate the side windows, particularlywhen unattended. There is a risk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If you close a side window again immedi-ately after it has been blocked or reset, theside window closes with increased or max-imum force. The reversing function is thennot active. Parts of the body could be trap-ped in the closing area in the process. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are inthe closing area. To stop the closing proc-ess, release the switch or push the switchagain to reopen the side window.

The switches for both side windows are loca-ted on the driver's door. There is also a switchfor the front-passenger window on the front-passenger door. The switch on the driver’sdoor takes precedence.

76 Opening and closing the windows>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Opening and closing the windows

: Left side window; Right side window

X To open: press the switch.X To close: pull the switch.

Opening and closing windows fully inautomatic mode

X To open the windows fully, press theswitch beyond the point of resistance andrelease it.

X To close the windows fully, pull the switchbeyond the point of resistance and releaseit.

X To stop automatic operation, press theswitch again.

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)

Please note

G WARNING

During opening and closing of the foldingtop or rear soft top, body parts may becometrapped for example, by the roof mechan-ical system. There is a risk of injury.

Ensure that no parts of the body are in theimmediate vicinity of moving parts duringthe closing or opening process. Release theswitch immediately if somebody becomestrapped.

! When transporting long objects in thevehicle interior, make sure that these do

not press against the folding roof when itis closed.When transporting objects that extendbeyond the rear, make sure that these donot rest on the rear soft top fasteners(brackets). During loading, make sure thatobjects with sharp edges do not come intocontact with the soft top or the rear win-dow.If the rear soft top is lowered, do not dis-tribute a weight in excess of 75 kg on top ofit.Make sure that the third brake lamp is notcovered.

! Make sure that the lock openings of thesoft-top system are not blocked. Stow theside spars only in the intended stowagecompartment in the tailgate.

! Make sure that objects in the luggagecompartment are not stacked too high.They could otherwise be damaged whenthe rear soft top is opened or closed.

The procedure for removing, fitting andstowing the side bars is described below. TheQR code is a link to a video clip that demon-strates the procedure.

Opening and closing the soft top

To open or close the soft top, the ignitionmust be switched on.

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio) 77

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

X To open: press the switch to position ;until the soft top is in the desired position.Press switch ; again to fully open the softtop.

X To close: press the switch to position :until the soft top is in the desired position.

It is possible to open or close the soft topwhile driving up to the maximum designspeed. In poor weather and at high speeds, itis possible that electric locking when closingis not reliable. If this is the case you mustreduce the speed and, if necessary, press theswitch again to close the soft top.

Removing the side bars

X Open the soft topX Open the doors and tailgate.

X To release: slide lever : back.The side bar is unlocked.

X Push lever : back again and remove sidebars ;.

Stowing the side bars

G WARNING

If you transport the side bars withoutsecuring them, they may be thrown aroundin the event of an accident, braking or sud-den changes in direction. There is a risk ofinjury.

Always stow the side bars in the designa-ted stowage well and close the stowagewell lid.

! When the rear soft top is lowered, the sidesupport beams could be stolen. Therefore,remove the side support beams and stowthem in the luggage compartment or closethe soft top.

! If you load the stowage space it could bedamaged.Never stow heavy objects on the stowagespace or sit on it.

Please note:

Ronly use the stowage space to store theside barsRalways place both side bars in the stowage

space

Observe the notice on the stowage space.

X Release fastening straps : on the stowagespace and guide the locking mechanismwith your hand until the fastening strapsare released.

X Open cover ;.X Store the side bars as shown (observe

markings L and R on the side bars and thestowage compartment for the left and rightside bars):

78 Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

: Side bar, front left; Side bar, rear left= Side bar, front right? Side bar, rear right

X Close the cover.The cover must audibly engage.

X Secure both fastening straps with ten-sioner : on rear detent ;.The red surfaces at the side must no longerbe visible. An audible click can be heardupon engaging.

X Close the tailgate.X If the tailgate does not close properly,

check if the side bars have been stored asspecified.

Fitting the side bars

G WARNING

If the side bars are incorrectly mountedthey may become loose during the journeyand endanger other road users. There is arisk of accident and injury.

Mount the side bars as described.

X Open the doors and tailgate.X Release the fastening straps on the stow-

age space and guide the locking mecha-nism with your hand until the fasteningstraps are released.

X Open the cover.X Remove the side bars.

X Insert the side bar from the stowage com-partment marked L on the left side at thefront end :.

X Press down rear end of side bar ; until itengages twice.

X Fit the side bar from the stowage compart-ment marked R on the right-hand side.

Closing the stowage space without theside bars

X Move folding mechanism : in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Close cover ;.

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio) 79

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

X Secure both fastening straps with ten-sioner : on front detent ;.The red surfaces at the side must no longerbe visible. An audible click can be heardupon engaging.

X Close the tailgate.

Operating the climate control system

Useful information

The climate control system is only availablewhen the engine is running.If the climate control system is deactivated,the air supply and circulation are switchedoff. The windows could mist up. You shouldtherefore switch off the climate control sys-tem for brief periods only.In air-recirculation mode, only the air insidethe vehicle is recirculated and no fresh air isintroduced. This is useful in a tunnel or whenthere are unpleasant odours outside thevehicle. In air-recirculation mode, the win-dows may mist up more quickly, particularlywhen the outside temperature is low. There-fore, switch on air-recirculation mode onlybriefly.If the automatic start/stop system switchesthe engine off, the air inside the vehicle willnot be air-conditioned or dehumidified. Thewindows can mist up more quickly. If thewindows mist up, deactivate the automaticstart/stop system. The engine starts again.The integrated filter in the climate controlsystem keeps out most particles of dust aswell as pollen. The filter reduces the amountof air supplied to the vehicle interior. For thisreason, you should always observe the inter-val for replacing the filter.

Operating the heating and air-condi-tioning

Switching on and off

The engine must be running in order to oper-ate the heating and air-conditioning system.

X To switch on: turn control = clockwise.X To switch off: turn control = to position 0.

Setting the temperature

X Turn control A in small increments clock-wise or anti-clockwise.

Setting the air distribution

X Turn control : to the desired position:Rz Demister ventsRa Demister vents and footwell ventsRO Footwell ventsRN Centre, side and footwell ventsRP Centre and side air vents

Increasing or decreasing the blowerspeed

X Turn control = clockwise or anti-clock-wise.

Activating/deactivating air-recircula-tion mode

X To switch on: slide control B to the left tothe t position.

X To switch off: slide control B to the rightto the u position.

80 Operating the climate control system>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Switching "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" on or off

The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function cools and dehumidifies the airinside the vehicle during warm weather.The engine must be running in order to use"Cooling with air dehumidification".

X Press button ;.

In damp weather, switch off the "Cooling withair dehumidification" only briefly, otherwisethe windows will mist up faster.

Demisting the windscreen

X Turn control : to the z position.X Turn control = to position 4.X Turn control A clockwise as far as it will

go.X Slide control B to the right.

Use this setting only until the windscreen isclear again.

Demisting the rear window

When the rear window heating is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.

X Press button ?.The indicator lamp in the button is lit whenthe rear window heating is activated.

Use this setting only until the rear window isclear again.

Drying windows that are misted up on theinside

X Press button ;.X If the windows continue to mist up, turn

control : to z.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Drying windows that are misted up on theoutside

X Switch on the windscreen wipers.X Turn control : to z.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Operating the automatic climate con-trol

Switching on and off

The engine must be running in order to oper-ate the automatic climate control system.

X To switch on: press the à button.The indicator lamps below à and¿ light up.

X To deactivate: press the ^ button.The indicator lamp below ^ lights up.

Setting the temperature

X Move the slider in small increments to theleft or right.

In automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained at a constant level. The air dis-tribution and blower speed are regulatedautomatically.

Switching the air distribution on and off

X Press one or more of the ¯, P, Obuttons.R¯ Demister ventsRP Centre and side air ventsRO Footwell vents

Increasing the blower speed

X Press the K button.

Decreasing the blower speed

X Press the I button.

Operating the climate control system 81

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

Activating/deactivating air-recircula-tion mode

X Press the À button.The indicator lamp below À lights upwhen air-recirculation mode is activated.

Switching "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" on or off

The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function cools and dehumidifies the airinside the vehicle during warm weather.The engine must be running in order to use"Cooling with air dehumidification".

X To switch on: press the K and¿ button.The indicator lamp below ¿ lights upwhen the function is activated.

In damp weather switch off the "Cooling withair dehumidification" function only briefly,otherwise the windows will mist up faster.

Demisting the windscreen

X Press the ¬ button.The indicator lamp below ¬ lights upwhen the windscreen is demisted.

Use this setting only until the windscreen isclear again.

Demisting the rear window

When the rear window heating is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.

X Press the ¤ button.The indicator lamp below ¤ lights upwhen the rear window heating is activated.

Use this setting only until the rear window isclear again.

Drying windows that are misted up on theinside

X Press the ¿ button.X Press the à button.X If the windows are still misted up, press

the ¬ button.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Drying windows that are misted up on theoutside

X Switch on the windscreen wipers.X Press the ¬ button.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Adjusting the air vents

Please note

G WARNING

Very hot or very cold air can flow from theair vents. This could result in burns orfrostbite in the immediate vicinity of theair vents. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that all vehicle occupantsalways maintain a sufficient distance tothe air outlets. If necessary, redirect theairflow to another area of the vehicle inte-rior.

G WARNING

If you pour cleaning fluid or disinfectantinto the vehicle's ventilation system, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire.

Never spray these or other agents into theventilation system. Always have work onthe ventilation system carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Keep the following rules in mind for optimalclimate control:

RKeep the air slots between the servicecover and windscreen clear of blockages.RDo not cover the vents or ventilation grilles

in the vehicle interior.ROpen the air vents fully.

82 Operating the climate control system>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Opening and closing the air vents

X To open 1: turn the vent outwards.X To close 2: turn the vent inwards.

Directing the air vents

X Turn the air vents upwards, downwards, tothe left or to the right as desired.

Switching the seat heating on and off

G WARNING

If you repeatedly switch on seat heating,the seat cushion and backrest paddingmay become very hot. The health of vehicleoccupants with limited temperature sen-sitivity or a limited ability to react toexcessively high temperatures may beaffected or they may even suffer burn-likeinjuries. There is a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not switch on the seat heat-ing repeatedly.

The seat heating only works when the igni-tion is switched on.

X Press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up when seatheating is activated.

The seat heating switches off automaticallyafter about 10 minutes.

Using the accessories

Using the cigarette lighter

G WARNING

You can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the ciga-rette lighter.

In addition, flammable materials canignite if:

Rthe hot cigarette lighter falls

Ra child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.

Always hold the cigarette lighter by theknob. Always make sure that the cigarettelighter is out of reach of children. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

The cigarette lighter only works when theignition is switched on.

X Press cigarette lighter :.When cigarette lighter : is hot, it pops upautomatically.

Using the ash tray

! The cup holder in the centre console isnot heat resistant. Before placing lit ciga-rettes in the ashtray, make sure that the

Using the accessories 83

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

ashtray is fully inserted in the cup holder.Make sure that lit cigarettes do not fall intothe cup holder.Otherwise, the cup holder could be dam-aged.

X To open: lift up cover :.X To close: push down cover :.X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out.X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cup

holder.

Using the 12 V socket

X Turn the key in the ignition lock to position1.

X Lift up the cover of socket :.X Connect device.

The socket can be used for accessories up to amaximum draw of 120 W (15 A).If you use the socket for very long periodswhen the engine is switched off, the 12 Vbattery may discharge.

Fitting and removing the floormats

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.

X Slide the driver's seat backwards.X To install: press securing knobs : onto

retainers ;.X To remove: release securing knobs : from

retainers ;.

84 Using the accessories>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Parking

Please note

G WARNING

Flammable material such as leaves, grassor twigs may ignite if they come into con-tact with hot parts of the exhaust system orexhaust gas flow. There is a risk of fire.

Park the vehicle so that no flammablematerial can come into contact with hotvehicle components. In particular, do notpark on dry grassland or harvested grainfields.

G WARNING

If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

When the engine is switched off, the auto-matic transmission shifts into neutralposition N. The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.

Always shift to parking position P beforeswitching off the engine. Secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away by applyingthe parking brake.

! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, the vehi-cle or its drivetrain could be damaged.

Switching off the engine

X Apply the parking brake.X Manual transmission: engage first or

reverse gear.X Automatic transmission: shift the trans-

mission to position P.X Turn key to position 0 in the ignition lock

and remove it.X On steep uphill or downhill gradients, turn

the front wheels towards the kerb.

Using the parking aid

Useful information

! Pay attention to people and obstacleswhen manoeuvring or parking the car. Thedriver is responsible in these situations.

The electronic parking aid gives an acousticindication of the distance between the vehi-cle and an obstacle behind it.

The parking aid uses three sensors : in therear bumper to monitor the area around thevehicle.The parking aid measures the distancebetween the vehicle and an obstacle. If theproximity to the object behind the vehicle isless than 1.20 m, a short signal is issued. Ifthe object is less than 30 cm away, a contin-uous warning tone is issued.The parking aid might not function correctlyunder the following circumstances:

Ron uneven terrainRif there are obstacles below or above the

sensor detection range

Using the parking aid 85

>> P

arki

ng

and

get

tin

g ou

t.

Z

Rnear snow or objects that absorb ultra-sonic wavesRclose to sources of strong ultrasonic radi-

ation, such as pneumatic drillsIf you engage reverse gear while the engineis running, the parking aid is activated.

Deactivating/activating the parkingaid

X Press the switch symbol.The indicator lamp lights up when theparking aid is deactivated.

Using the reversing camera

Useful information

! Pay attention to people and obstacleswhen manoeuvring or parking the car. Thedriver is responsible in these situations.

! If the rear of your vehicle is damaged,consult a qualified specialist workshopand have the reversing camera checked.

The reversing camera is a visual parking andmanoeuvring aid. It shows the area behindyour vehicle with guide lines in the smartMedia-System display.

Reversing camera : is located above thelicence plate in the tailgate.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image in the smart Media-System dis-play.The reversing camera might show a distortedview of obstacles or show them incorrectly ornot at all if:

Rthe obstacle is very close to the rearbumperRthe obstacle is underneath the rear

bumperRthe obstacle is close to the tailgate handleRthe reversing camera is covered by addi-

tional accessories, e.g. a bicycle rackThe function of the reversing camera mightbe limited:

Rif the tailgate is openRif there is snow or heavy rainRin the darkRif a very bright light outshines the cameraRif there is fluorescent light, e.g. from flu-

orescent lamps or LED lightingRif there is a rapid change of temperatureRif the camera lens is dirty

Guide lines in the display

Useful information

! Objects that are not at ground levelappear further away than they actuallyare, for example:

Rthe bumper of the vehicle parked behindRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch

86 Using the reversing camera>>

Par

kin

g an

d g

etti

ng

out.

Rthe tail-end of a lorryRslanted postsOnly use the image from the reversingcamera as a guide. You may otherwisedamage your vehicle and/or the object.

Guide lines in different colours show the dis-tance of obstacles from the rear of the vehi-cle. Static guide lines do not change when thesteering wheel is turned. Dynamic guidelines change depending on the position ofthe steering wheel.

: Static: vehicle width including exteriormirrors

; Green, static: approx. 1.50 m= Yellow, static: approx. 0.7 m? Red, static: approx. 0.3 mA Blue, dynamic: vehicle width including

exterior mirrors

The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.

Activating the reversing camera

The ignition must be switched on to use thereversing camera.

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehi‐cle> Settings> Rear camera> Rear cam‐era view settings > Rear camera view.

X Confirm with Done.X Engage reverse gear.

The area behind the vehicle is shown withguide lines in the smart Media-Systemdisplay.

Switching off the reversing camera

After driving forwards briefly, the reversingcamera will turn itself off.

Adjusting the reversing camera set-tings

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Rear camera > Rear camera view settings.

X To select the desired settings:RSwitch Rear camera view on or off.RSwitch Static guidelines on or off.RSwitch Dynamic guidelines on or off.

X Confirm with Done.

Adjusting reversing camera displaysettings

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Rear camera > Image settings.

X Adjust the values for Brightness, Satura‐tion and Contrast.

X Confirm the display settings with Done.

Locking the vehicle

G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users

Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

Locking the vehicle 87

>> P

arki

ng

and

get

tin

g ou

t.

Z

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended inthe vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.

X Press the & button on the key.The turn signals flash twice.

Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system

Useful information

The immobiliser prevents the vehicle frombeing started without the correct key. It isswitched on and off automatically.The anti-theft alarm system triggers a visualand audible alarm if a door, the tailgate or theservice cover is opened.The alarm is not switched off, even if,for example, you close the open door that hastriggered it.

Priming

X Close the doors.X Close the tailgate.X Close the service cover.X Press the & button on the key. The

alarm system is primed after approx-imately 30 seconds.

Deactivating and switching off thealarm

X Press the % button on the key.

88 Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system>>

Par

kin

g an

d g

etti

ng

out.

Overview of the on-board computer

Please note

G WARNING

Operating the integrated information sys-tems and communications equipment inthe vehicle while driving will distract youfrom traffic conditions. You could then losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Only operate these devices if road trafficconditions permit. If you are unsure aboutthe surrounding conditions, pull over to asafe location and make entries only whilethe vehicle is stationary.

G WARNING

If the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognise func-tion restrictions relevant to safety. Theoperating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, you must park the vehicle safely assoon as possible. Consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Display messages and displays in theinstrument cluster are only shown for cer-tain systems. Vehicle owners and drivers areresponsible for ensuring that the vehicle isoperating safely. A vehicle which is not oper-ating safely can cause an accident.The display shows the outside temperatureon the far right in the header. Drivers mustpay special attention to road conditionswhen temperatures are around freezingpoint. Changes in the outside temperatureare displayed after a short delay.After opening the door, the on-board com-puter is activated for approximately15 minutes. To permanently activate the on-board computer, the ignition must beswitched on.

Monochrome display overview

: Time; Vehicles with automatic transmis-

sion:drive program= Vehicles with automatic transmis-

sion:gearshift recommendation? Transmission displayA Lane Keeping Assist indicator lampB Outside temperature display and black

ice warning ÒC Trip meter, current fuel consumption,

service displayD Tyre pressure monitorE Fuel gaugeF eco score display, reserve fuel displayG Brake lamp failure warning lampH Total distance recorderI Cruise control, limiter

When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumerical value in l/h.

Overview of the on-board computer 89

>> O

per

atin

g th

e on

-boa

rd c

omp

ute

r.

Z

Colour display overview

: Time; Lane Keeping Assist indicator lamp= Digital speedometer? Outside temperature display with black

ice warning ÒA Display field for display messages,

menus and listsB Reserve fuel displayC Fuel gaugeD Transmission displayE Cruise control, limiter

Calling up displays

Calling up displays (monochrome dis-play)

: Monochrome display; Buttons on the multifunction lever

X Briefly press the ´ button on the mul-tifunction lever to scroll forward at menulevel.

X Press and hold the ́ button on the mul-tifunction level to directly call up the tripmeter.

X Press and hold a on the multifunctionlever to reset the values.

The following displays can be called up oneafter another:

RTrip meterRCurrent fuel consumptionRService due dateRSetting the timeRRestarts the tyre pressure monitor

Calling up displays (colour display)

Calling up displays

: Colour display; Left control panel

X Briefly press 9 or : on left controlpanel ;, to scroll forwards or backwards.

X Press and hold 9 or : on left controlpanel ;, to directly call up the Distancedisplay.

The following displays can be called up oneafter another:

RDistanceRTrip computer from start

90 Calling up displays>>

Op

erat

ing

the

on-b

oard

com

pu

ter.

RTrip computer from resetReco score from startRFuel consumptionRCoolant temperatureRMessages and serviceRSettingsRDigital speedometer

Distance display

: Trip meter; Total distance recorder

Trip computer display

: Elapsed time; Distance= Average speed? Average fuel consumption

The data in the from start menu refers to thestart of the journey, whilst the data in thefrom reset menu refers to the last time thesubmenu was reset.If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the from start values inthe instrument cluster are reset. The ecoscore display is also reset automatically.

eco score display

The eco score display provides feedback onhow economical the driver's driving behav-iour is (Y page 62).If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the eco score display willbe automatically reset.When the eco score display is reset, the from start trip computer is also reset.

Fuel consumption display

The display shows the fuel consumption overthe previous 15 minutes.When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumeric value in l/h. If the unit of measure-ment for distance is set to miles, the displayshows two dashes.

Coolant temperature display

The display shows the current coolant tem-perature. If this rises above 110 †, then thedisplay shows a display message.

Messages and service display

: Message memory; Next service due date

The display shows the number of displaymessages in the message memory and thenext service due date.¯ indicates a minor service. ° indi-cates a major service.

Calling up displays 91

>> O

per

atin

g th

e on

-boa

rd c

omp

ute

r.

Z

To show the display messages, the ignitionmust be switched on.

X Press a to scroll through the displaymessages.

Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart centre or a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Digital speedometer display

The display shows the digital speedometer.The digital speedometer in the header is hid-den.England only: the digital speedometer in theheader continues to be displayed.

Setting values

Setting values (monochrome display)

Setting the time

X Press ́ repeatedly until ° is shownnext to the time.

X Press a until the hour display flashes.X Set values.

Resetting values

X Scroll to the desired display.X Press a for 3 seconds.

Setting values (colour display)

Setting values

X Press 9 or : to scroll to Settings.X Press 9 or : to scroll to the desired

menu.X Press 9 or : to set the desired data.X Press a to confirm.

Resetting values

X Press a.X Select yes and press a to confirm.

Setting the time

X Select Settings > Time > Set the time.X Set values.

Vehicles with smart Media-System: thetime and time format are set in the smartMedia-System.

Setting the time format

X Select Settings > Time > Time format.X Set the value

Adjusting the instrument cluster light-ing

X Select Settings > Display > Display brightness.

X Set the value

Switching on the ambient lighting

X Select Settings > Ambient lighting > On.

Setting the brightness of the ambientlighting

X Select Settings > Ambient lighting >Brightness.

X Set the value

Displaying the digital speedometer in theheader

X Select Settings > Display > Digital speedometer.

X Select the Disp. addit. dig. speedo.function.The digital speedometer is displayed inthe header.

England only: the digital speedometer in theheader cannot be hidden.

92 Setting values>>

Op

erat

ing

the

on-b

oard

com

pu

ter.

Setting the unit for speed in the digitalspeedometer

X Select Settings > Display> Digital speedometer > Unit.

X Set the valueThe following values are set:RDigital speedometer displayRDigital speedometer in the headerEngland only: only the display unit of thedigital speedometer is set.

Setting the unit of measurement for dis-tance

X Select Settings > Display > Units of distance.

X Set the value

Setting the temperature unit

X Select Settings > Display > Units of temperature.

X Set the value

Starting the tyre pressure monitor

X Select Settings > Tyre pressure monitor.

Information on the tyre pressure monitor;see (Y page 139).

Setting the language

X Select Settings > Language (Language).X Set the value

Setting values 93

>> O

per

atin

g th

e on

-boa

rd c

omp

ute

r.

Z

Operating and setting the smart Audio-System

smart Audio-System overview

G WARNING

Operating the integrated information sys-tems and communications equipment inthe vehicle while driving will distract youfrom traffic conditions. You could then losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Only operate these devices if road trafficconditions permit. If you are unsure aboutthe surrounding conditions, pull over to asafe location and make entries only whilethe vehicle is stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently driv-ing when operating the smart Audio-System.

: Number keys 1 - 6; C Previous station or track= USB1 port and bracket connection for

mobile phone with smart cross connectapp

? D Next station or trackA % Goes back one menu level higherB Control for menu selection and station

list, 9 buttonC USB2 portDÃ Telephone menu, to accept or reject

callsEª System settingsF 8 MuteG Õ Plays back media from external data

carriers

H $ Switches on the radio and selectsthe waveband.

I External audio equipment (AUX connec-tion)

J Volume control, Ü buttonK F Sets the radio text

Operating and setting the smart Audio-System

X To switch on or off: press Ü.X To scroll through menus: turn control B.X To select menu options: turn control B

and press the 9 button.X To navigate to the next-highest folders:

press the % button.X To set values: turn control B and press the

9 button.X To increase or decrease the volume: turn

control J.

Using external devices

Useful information

You can connect the following external devi-ces:

RUSB devices, iPods® and MP3 players (USBport)RExternal audio equipment (AUX connec-

tion)RBluetooth® devices, such as mobile phones

Removing and fastening the cover of theUSB1 port

94 Operating and setting the smart Audio-System>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

Removing the cover

X Turn the cover anti-clockwise using han-dle :.

X Press on marking ;.X Remove the cover.

Fastening the cover

X Place cover in position ;.X Turn the cover clockwise using handle :.

Using the smartphone bracket

Useful information

i Operating smartphones in the smart-phone bracket is permitted exclusively inconnection with the smart cross connectApp.

The smartphone bracket keeps your mobilephone secured in the vehicle. In order to usethe smart cross connect App, rotate themobile phone to landscape mode.You can use the USB port behind the smart-phone bracket on the left to charge yourmobile phone during the journey.The smartphone bracket is suitable formobile phones with the following dimen-sions:

RThickness: 6 – 10 mmRWidth: 55 – 82 mmRLength: 120 – 162 mmFurther information is available from anysmart Centre.

Fitting the smartphone bracket

X Remove the cover from the USB1 port.X Connect the smartphone bracket to USB1

and turn the locking mechanism clock-wise.

Inserting and removing the mobile phone

X To insert: press the right-hand raised but-ton on the bottom edge of the smartphonebracket.The upper tensioning arm opens.

X If necessary, press the left-hand button onthe bottom edge of the smartphonebracket.The tensioning arms on the side open.

X Set the mobile phone in the smartphonebracket.

X If necessary, press the tensioning arms onthe side together to set them to the size ofthe mobile phone.

X Press down the upper tensioning arms tosecure the mobile phone.

X To remove: press the right-hand raisedbutton on the bottom edge of the smart-phone bracket.The upper tensioning arm opens.

X Remove the mobile phone from the smart-phone bracket.

Operating the smart Audio-System viathe mobile phone

You can use the smart cross connect App foriOS and Android to operate the smart Audio-System via a mobile phone.

X Download the smart cross connect Appfrom the App Store® (iOS) or Google Play™(Android) and install it on the mobilephone.

X Connect the mobile phone with the smartAudio-System via Bluetooth®.

X Insert the mobile phone into the bracket.

Further information about operating thesmart Audio-System via mobile phone can befound in the smart cross connect App user'sguide.

Adjusting the system settings

Setting the system language

X Press the ª button.X Select Language.

The list of languages appears.X Select the language.

Operating and setting the smart Audio-System 95

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Switching the time on or off

X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select ON or OFF.

Setting the time

X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select Set Time.X Set the time.

Setting the time format

X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select Format.X Choose one of the following time formats:RAm/PmR24hr

Adjusting the audio settings

Adjusting the sound

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Sound.X Select the desired sound settings:RBass: adjusts the bass.RTreble: adjusts the treble.RBal.: adjusts the surround sound (bal-

ance) to left or right.

Switching the bass boost on and off

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Bass Boost.X Select ON or OFF.

Resetting audio settings

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Audio Default.X Select Yes.

Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Speed Vol..X Select the desired level.

The higher the level, the higher the volumewill be at increasing road speeds.

Listening to the radio

Switching on the radio

X Press the Ü button.X Press the $ button.

The smart Audio-System receives datatransmitted via the Radio Data System (RDS).

Selecting a waveband

X Press the $ button repeatedly until thedesired waveband appears.

If available, you can switch between the fol-lowing wavebands:

RFM1RFM2RDR1 (digital radio)RDR2 (digital radio)RAM

Selecting stations manually

FM and AM waveband

X Press the D or C button to set thedesired frequency.

Digital radio frequency range

X To select the desired station, press theD or C button.

Holding down the D or C button startsthe station search, which stops at the nextstation with adequate reception.

96 Listening to the radio>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

Setting a station from the station list

X Press a in radio mode.The station list appears.

X Select a station.X Press a to confirm.

Updating the station list

X Press the $ button until you hear atone.

Storing a station

X Select a waveband.X Set the station.X Press a number key 1 to 6 until you hear

a tone.The station set for this waveband will besaved at the button you have pressed.

Selecting a stored station

X Select a waveband.X Press a number key for the stored station.

Switching traffic announcementson/off

X Press the ª button.X Select Radio.X Select TA.X Select ON or OFF.

Interrupting a traffic announcement

X During a traffic announcement, brieflypress %.

Displaying radio text in FM radio

X Press the F button.If radio text is available, it will be dis-played.

Digital radio (if available)

Information on DAB

i Any electronic devices taken into thevehicle may seriously impair radio andDAB radio reception.

Digital radio or DAB (Digital Audio Broad-casting) is a digital transmission standardoptimally designed for the mobile receptionof radio transmissions. Several programmesare combined into so-called ensembles andtransmitted on a single frequency. Some sta-tions only transmit programmes at certaintimes. If you have selected a programme thathas subsequently been removed from theensemble, it will no longer be received. Youwill continue to receive the other pro-grammes in the ensemble. Select either a dif-ferent programme or a different ensemble.

i DAB cannot be received everywhere inEurope.

Displaying radio text

This function provides additional datatransmitted in the DAB waveband (DR1 andDR2). Besides displaying the artist and tracknames, information on the current pro-gramme may also be available.

X Press the F button.X Select Radio text.

The î dot shows that radio text is acti-vated.

Setting alerts

If this function is activated, certain pro-gramme categories allow another broadcastto interrupt the current audio playback.Numerous categories can be selected, such asnews, business news, sports news etc.A prerequisite for the reception is thatbroadcasters process the relevant informa-tion. This function is only available in cer-tain countries.

X Call up the setup menu (Y page 95).X Radio > DR Interrupt > Select the desired

category.The î dot shows the active settings.

i Several categories can be selected.Repeat the procedure if necessary.

Listening to the radio 97

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Displaying the EPG

EPG (Electronic Program Guide) is availablein the DAB waveband (DR1 and DR2).If the station supports EPG, you can use theEPG (Electronic Programme Guide) to displaythe current and the following two radio pro-grammes. At the very least, the programmeoverview contains the name, time and lengthof each programme.

X Press the F button.X Select EPG.X Select the desired station.

Switching on Intellitext™

If the station supports Intellitext™, you canhave additional information displayed, suchas news, headlines, business news, sportsnews etc. A prerequisite for the reception isthat broadcasters process the relevant infor-mation. Intellitext™ is only available in cer-tain countries.

X Press the F button.X Select Intellitext.

Using a mobile phone

Connecting a mobile phone

Useful information

The Bluetooth®-capable mobile phone mustbe compatible with the smart Audio-System.Overview of compatible mobile phones:http://www.smart.com/connect.

To make a call, Bluetooth® must be activatedon the mobile phone and the smart Audio-System.

Once outside the Bluetooth® reception range,the connection is terminated automatically.To clearly identify a mobile phone, changethe device name (see the manufacturer'soperating instructions).

Activating Bluetooth® on a mobile phone

X Activate Bluetooth® on the mobile phone(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-tions).

X Search for devices.

Switching on the Bluetooth® function ofthe smart Audio-System

X Press the à button.X Turn control B to Bluetooth and confirm

with 9.X Turn control B to ON and confirm with 9.

The î dot shows the active setting.

Authorising a mobile phone on the smartAudio-System

X Press the à button.X Select Scan devices.

The system searches for available mobilephones and displays them in a list.

X Select the mobile phone and confirm with9.

X Do one of the following:RIf a code appears in the smart Audio-

System display and on the mobile phone,confirm it on the mobile phone.RIf the code 0000 appears in the smart

Audio-System display, enter it and con-firm it on the mobile phone.

A maximum of five mobile phones can beauthorised. However, only one authorisedmobile phone can be connected with Blue-tooth® at a time.

Loading and updating the telephonebook

X Press the à button.X Select Settings > PB download.X If necessary, accept the access confirma-

tion on the mobile phone.

If the mobile phone supports the Bluetooth®

PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) profile, thephone book and call lists will be transferredafter you connect.

Removing a mobile phone from the list(de-authorising)

X Press the à button.X Select Del. device.

Authorised mobile phones are displayed.X Select the mobile phone to be removed.X Select YES.

98 Using a mobile phone>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

After de-authorisation, the Bluetooth® con-nection to the mobile phone is no longerestablished automatically.

Connecting another authorised mobilephone

X Activating Bluetooth® on a mobile phoneX Press the à button.X Select Sel. device.

All authorised mobile phones are dis-played. The currently connected mobilephone is indicated by a dot.

X Select the desired mobile phone from thelist.

Setting the sound

Adjusting the call volume

X Press the à button.X Select Settings > Volume > Call.X Select the setting.

Switching the smart Audio-System ring-tone on and off

X Press the à button.X Select Settings > Ringtone.X To switch on: select Car.X To switch off: select Phone.

Adjusting the ringtone volume

X Press the à button.X Select Settings > Volume > Ring.X Select the setting.

Telephone operation

Calling a contact from the phone book

To call a contact in the telephone book, themobile phone telephone book first has to beimported into the smart Audio-System.

X Press the à button.X Select Telephone book.X Select the contact.

The details for the contact are displayed.

X Select the desired telephone number.X Press the 9 button.

Dialling a number

X Press the à button.X Select Dial Number.

An input screen appears.X Enter the number.X Press the 9 button.X Select ;.

Using call lists to call contacts

To call a contact in a call list, the mobilephone telephone book first has to be impor-ted into the smart Audio-System.

X Press the à button.X Select Call lists.X Select Dialled, Received or Missed.X Select an entry from the list.

Calling the last number dialled

X Press and hold the à button until thecall is established.

Accepting a call

X Press the à button.

Rejecting a call

X Press and hold the à button until thecall is rejected.

Holding and continuing a call

X To place a call on hold: select Â.X To continue the call: press the 9 button.

Transferring a call to the mobile phone

X Select z.X To transfer the call back to the smart

Audio-System: press 9.

Using a mobile phone 99

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Entering numbers or characters during acall

X Select #123.X Enter numbers or characters.

Ending a call

X Press the 9 button.

Operating external data storage media

Useful information

You can switch between the following mediasources, depending on the type of externaldata carrier connected:

RUSB 1 or iPod 1RUSB 2 or iPod 2RAUX (external audio equipment)RBT Audio (with Bluetooth® connected

device, such as a mobile phone)

Selecting external data carriers

X Press the Õ button repeatedly until thedesired media source appears in the dis-play.

Operating a USB device or iPod®

Connecting a device

X Connect the device to the USB port.The device is activated automatically andthe first track is played.

Selecting a track

X In USB mode, press the 9 button.Available tracks or folders are displayed.

X Turn control B.X Press 9 to confirm.

Rapid search

X Press the 9 button.An entry field appears.

X To enter characters, turn control B andpress the 9 button.

Skipping to the next or previous track

X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.

Switching random track sequence on/off

X Press the C button.

Switching the repeat function on/off

X Press the number key.

Selecting a track from a category with aniPod® connected

X Press the 9 button.X Select the category from a list.

Different categories, such as playlists,artists or albums, can be selected, depend-ing on the connected device.

Displaying metadata

X Press the F button repeatedly until thedesired metadata is displayed.

Operating external audio equipment(AUX)

Connecting a device

X Connect the device to the AUX jack.Use the Õ button to access the media ona connected AUX device.

Adjusting the volume of external audioequipment

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.

100 Operating external data storage media>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

X Select AUX In.X Select one of the following options for the

volume:RLowRMediumRHigh

Bluetooth® device operation

Connecting a device

X Connect a Bluetooth® audio device thesame way you connect a mobile phone withBluetooth®.

Skipping to the next or previous track

X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.

Displaying metadata

X Press the F button repeatedly until thedesired metadata is displayed.

Operating external data storage media 101

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System

Operating the smart Media-System

Please note

Some functions are restricted while driving.

Controls

: Switches voice control system onand off, accepts and ends a phone call

; W Increases the volume= X Reduces the volume? smart Media-System display

Voice control system

The voice control system can be used to carryout the following smart Media-System func-tions:

REnter a destination for navigation.RMake a call.RStart an application.

Controls on the smart Media-System

: Previous station or track and fast rewind; Mute= Next station or track and fast forward? Switches to the home screenA On/off button and volume control ÜB Touchscreen

Ports on the centre console

: Port for external audio equipment (AUX); USB port= SD card slot

102 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Overview of home screen

: Radio station, media track; Status of the mobile phone and field

strength of the mobile phone network= Outside temperature? TimeA Traffic reports for the planned routeB MapC Next navigation manoeuvreD Context menuE Favourites menuF Main menuG eco score

Switching the smart Media-System onand off

To switch on automaticallyX Start the engine.

To switch off automaticallyX Switch off the ignition and open the door.

To switch on and off manuallyX Press the Ü button.

Scrolling through a menu or list on thetouchscreen

X Touch the touchscreen with your finger.X Swipe up, down, left or right.

The selection on the display will then movein the respective direction.

Selecting items on the touchscreen

X Tap on a menu, an option or an applicationwith one finger.The menu, the option or the application islaunched.

Controlling media playback on thetouchscreen

X Swipe to the left.The next media item is played or dis-played, e.g. the next track or station.

X Swipe to the right.Playback is restarted or the previousmedia item is played or displayed, e.g. theprevious track.

Media playback can be controlled in the fol-lowing playback modes:

RRadio modeRMusic and audio playbackRImage playbackRVideo playback

Calling up menus

X Select Menu on the home screen.Select one of the following submenus:RMultimedia

Radio and media functionsRNavigation

Navigation systemRTelephone

Mobile phone functionsRVehicle

Reversing camera, eco score and addi-tional functionsRServices

Apps and TomTom servicesRSystem

General systems settings

Confirming settings

X Select Done.Settings are accepted.

Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 103

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Switching off the display

X Select home page > W > Switch off display.

Adjusting the system settings

Adjusting the display

To set the daytime brightnessX Select System > Display .X Move the Daytime brightness control to

the left or right.

To set the nighttime brightnessX Select System > Display.X Move the Nighttime brightness control

to the left or right.

To activate automatic switching betweendaytime and nighttime brightnessX Select System > Display > Automatic day/night mode.

Displaying night mode constantly

X Select Force night mode.

Setting the system language

X Select System > Language.A list of available languages is displayed.

X Select the desired language.

i The language of the spoken navigationcommands can be selected independentlyof the system language.

Changing the on-screen keyboard

X Select System > Keyboards.X Select one of the following keyboard lay-

outs:RLatinRGreekRCyrillic

For the Latin keyboard layout, it is possibleto choose between the ABCD, QWERTY, AZERTYand QWERTZ layouts.

Selecting the home screen display

X Select System > Home page.A selection of home screen displaysappears.

X Select the desired display.

Resetting to factory settings

X Select System > Factory settings.X Confirm with Yes.

All settings changed in the system willthen return to the default values and alldestinations, routes and favourites will bedeleted.

Setting the time manually

X Select System > Clock > Set time.X Change the minutes and hours of the time

shown.

Activating automatic time adjustment

X Select System > Clock > Set time > Auto‐matic time adjustment.

Setting the time format

X Select System > Clock > Time format.X Choose one of the following time formats:R18:00R6:00 PMR6:00

Displaying status and information

X Select System > Status & Information.X Select one of the following information

options:RVersion information

Software and hardware of the Media-SystemRGPS status

Current GPS signal strengthRNetwork status

Signal strength of the data connectionRLicences

For free and open-source software usedRCopyright

104 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

For text in the TomTom software used.

Adjusting the audio settings

Setting the volume

X Select System > Sound > Volumes.X Select one of the following volume set-

tings:RMain volume

For the whole systemRHands-free

For the hands-free systemRRingtoneRNavigation

Volume for the whole navigation systemRComputer voice

Volume of the computer-generated voiceRApp events

Volume of events triggered by appsX Set the desired volume.

Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed

X Select System > Sound > Speed dependency.X Move the Speed dependency control to the

left or right.The higher the value, the more the volumeincreases with the speed of the vehicle.

Adjusting surround sound (balance)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Balance.

X Select Manual.X Move the control to the desired position.X Confirm with Done.

Adjusting the bass and treble

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Manual.

X Use the control to adjust the bass and tre-ble separately.

Setting a neutral sound for the bass andtreble

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Neutral.Audio is played without increasing thebass or treble.

Activating and deactivating arkamys®

bass boost (vehicles without JBL soundsystem)

The arkamys® bass boost setting emphasisesthe bass during playback.

X Select Multimedia > Settings > arkamys bass boost.

Setting the volume for warning tones

X Select System > Sound > Warnings.X Move the control to the left or right.

Enabling warning tones when the displayis switched off

X Select System > Sound > Warnings > Sound warning tones when display turned off.

Creating and deleting favourites

Creating favourites

: Preset; Navigation= Radio? TelephoneA ServicesB Context menu

Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 105

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Frequently used settings such as phone con-tacts and radio stations can be stored asfavourites. Six favourites can be stored foreach of the following categories:

RNavigationRRadioRTelephoneRServicesX Select Favourites on the home screen.X Select category.X Select the next empty memory position.

A list of possible favourites appears.X Select Favourites.

Deleting favourites

X Select Favourites on the home screen.X Press W.X Select Remove a favourite.X Perform one of the following steps:RSelect the favourite to be removed and

press Delete to confirm.RTo delete all favourites, select Remove all favourites.

Listening to the radio

Switching on the radio

X Select Multimedia > Radio.

Display modes

Useful information

In radio mode there are three different dis-play modes, in which various settings can bemade:

R“List” display mode (FM and digital radio)R“Frequency” display mode (AM and FM

radio)R“Presets” display mode

“List” display mode (FM and digital radio)

: Selects the waveband (AM/FM/DAB radio)and preset group (FM/DAB)

; Selects previous station= Selects next station? Context menuA Selects “Frequency” display modeB “List” display modeC Selects “presets” display modeD Station currently playing

“Frequency” display mode (AM and FMradio)

: Selects the waveband (AM/FM radio) andpreset group (FM)

; Increases or decreases the frequency insmall increments

= Station search, forwards or backwards? Context menuA Adjusts the frequency manuallyB Station currently playing

106 Listening to the radio>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

“Presets” display mode

: Selects the waveband (AM/FM/DAB radio)and preset group (FM/DAB)

; Stored station= Context menu? Station currently playing

Selecting a station

“List” display mode

X Swipe up or down in the station listX Tap on the desired station.

“Frequency” display mode (AM and FMradio)

X Slide control on the waveband left or right

Starting a station search

X Select C or D in the “frequency” dis-play mode

Storing a station

X Set the station.X Select W > Save as preset.

Up to six stations can be stored for eachwaveband.

Displaying radio text

Radio text contains information such as cur-rent track or latest news.

X Select W > Display radio text.

Displaying digital radio services

X Select W > Digital radio services.X Select one of the following digital radio

services:REPG (Electronic Programme Guide)

Programme schedule for the station cur-rently playingRIntellitext

Programme information and programmeschedule for the station currently play-ingRSlide show

Displays images to accompany the cur-rent broadcast

Other radio settings

Searching for alternative frequencieswith the best possible reception quality

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > AF (Alternative frequency).

Receiving traffic reports (i-Traffic)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Traffic (Traffic program).

Displaying the programme type (e.g.classical)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >PTY (Program type).

Switching to the corresponding FM sta-tion when digital radio reception is poor

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Simulcast.

Displaying information on certain cate-gories (i-Announcement, digital radioonly)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Announcement.

X Select category of i-Announcements.

Listening to the radio 107

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Updating the station list

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Update radio list.

Using a mobile phone

Connecting a mobile phone

Please note

G WARNING

If RF transmitters are tampered with or notproperly retrofitted, the electromagneticradiation they emit can interfere with thevehicle electronics. This may jeopardisethe operational safety of the vehicle. Thereis a risk of an accident.

You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you operate RF transmitters incorrectlyin the vehicle, the electromagnetic radia-tion could interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, e.g.:

Rif the RF transmitter is not connected toan exterior aerial

Rthe exterior aerial has been fitted incor-rectly or is not a low-reflection type

This could jeopardise the operating safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Have the low-reflection exterior aerial fit-ted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating RF transmitters in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.

Bluetooth® must be enabled both on themobile phone and on the smart Media-Sys-tem.

Enabling and disabling Bluetooth®

The mobile phone must be compatible withthe smart Media-System.

For an overview of compatible mobilephones, visit: https://www.smart.com/connect.

X Select Settings > Enable Bluetooth.The setting is marked. Bluetooth® is ena-bled or disabled on the smart Media-Sys-tem.

Authorising a mobile phone

Authorising a mobile phone for the firsttime

Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.

X Select the Telephone menu.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Enter the security code on the mobile

phone or accept access confirmation (seeOwner's Manual from the manufacturer).The message Bluetooth is enabled isshown.

Authorising another mobile phone

Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.

X Select Settings > Manage devices.The list of visible mobile phones is dis-played.

X Select a mobile phone from the list.X Enter the security code on the mobile

phone or accept access confirmation (seeOwner's Manual from the manufacturer).The Bluetooth® connection is established.The Bluetooth® connection will be estab-lished automatically in future.

Downloading telephone data automati-cally

X Select Settings > Download telephone data automatically.

X If necessary, accept the access confirma-tion on the mobile phone.During connection, up to 1000 contacts areautomatically transferred to the smartMedia-System.

108 Using a mobile phone>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Connecting another authorised mobilephone

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select a mobile phone.

The current Bluetooth® connection is ter-minated. The desired mobile phone is con-nected to the smart Media-System instead.

Removing a mobile phone from the list

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Delete device(s).X Select a mobile phone.X Select Delete.

Terminating a Bluetooth® connection

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Disconnect all devices.X Select a mobile phone.

If the mobile phone leaves the Bluetooth®

receiver range, the connection is automati-cally terminated.

Using MirrorLink™

Useful information

MirrorLink® is standard for the connectionbetween the smart Media-System and amobile phone. With MirrorLink®, the contentof the display on your mobile phone can bedisplayed in the smart Media-System.MirrorLink™ is available for mobile phoneswith the "Android" operating system.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.To use MirrorLink™, observe the followingrequirements:

Rthe mobile phone must support Mirror-Link™ version 1.1 and aboveRthe mobile phone is switched onRa MirrorLink™ certified App must be

installed on the mobile phoneRthe GPS connection must be activated on

the mobile phoneRthe time is set on the smart Media-System

Setting up a connection

X Activate MirrorLink™ on your mobilephone (see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions).

X Connect a mobile phone with a connectingcable to the USB socket in the centre con-sole.

X Select Yes.Apps which have been certified for Mir-rorLink™ will be shown in the smartMedia-System display.

Calling up MirrorLink™ Apps

X Select Services > MirrorLink™.X Select the desired app.

The display switches to full screen mode.X To leave full screen display: press and hold

the ò button on the smart Media-Sys-tem until the lower bar is shown.

X To exit the display: select 2.

MirrorLink™ audio playback

If your mobile phone supports this function,you can control audio playback via the but-tons on the smart Media-System.

X To select the previous track: press the 9button.

X Rewind: press and hold the 9 button.X To select the next track: press the :

button.X Fast forward: press and hold the : but-

ton.X To mute:press the x button.

Disconnecting the MirrorLink™ connec-tion

X Select q > Disconnect.

Using a mobile phone 109

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Telephone operation

Useful information

The following conditions must be fulfilled inorder to make a 999 or 112 emergency call:

Ra valid and operational SIM card is inser-ted in the mobile phoneRa mobile phone network is available

Calling a contact from the phone book

X Select Telephone book.X Select the contact.X Select the contact's telephone number.

If the phone book contains multiple contacts,they can be called up using a Search.

Dialling a number

X Select Dial number.X Enter a number on the keypad.X Select Call.

Calling a contact from the call log

X Select Call logs.X Select an entry from the list.

The call log can be sorted according to callsmade, calls received and missed calls usingthe corresponding receiver icon.

Accepting and rejecting an incoming call

If a call is incoming, the following informa-tion will appear on the display:

Rname of caller, if already in the phone bookRnumber of caller, if name of caller not

already in the phone bookRPrivate number, if the caller has Hide

caller ID switched onX To accept the call, select Accept.X To reject the call, select Reject.

The call will be forwarded to voicemail.

Holding and continuing a call

X Select W > Put on hold.X To continue the call, select Continue.

Transferring a call to the mobile phone

X Select W > Mobile phone.

Ending a call

X Select End call.

Further settings

Setting the volume

X Select Settings > Volumes.X Set the volume of the hands-free system

and the ringtone.

Activating voicemail

X Select Voicemail.X Enter the voicemail number on the keypad.X Select Done.

Voicemail is activated and the voicemailnumber is dialled.

Configuring voicemail

X Select Settings > Voicemail configura‐tion.

Updating the phone book

A Bluetooth® connection must be present.

X Select Phone book > W > Update tele‐phone data.

Updating the call log

X Select Call logs > W > Update tele‐phone data.

Adding a contact to favourites

X Select Telephone > Phone book.X Select a contact from the list.X Select W > Add to favourites.X Dial a phone number.

110 Using a mobile phone>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Connecting and operating externaldata storage media

Useful information

The following external data storage mediacan be connected:

RUSB memory stick (USB 2.0 or 3.0 with max.64 GB) or iPod™RSD or SDHC card (max. 64 GB)RExternal audio equipment (AUX connec-

tion)RBluetooth® devices such as mobile phonesThe following formats are supported:

RMP3 filesRWMA filesRACC formats

(.AAC, .M4A, .M4B, .M4P, .M4V, .M4R, .MP4and .3GP)ROGG Vorbis (.OGG, .OGA)RPCM 16 bit (.WAV, .PCM)A data storage medium may contain no morethan eight directory levels.The smart Media-System only recognises thefirst partition of a data storage medium. Thepartition must be formatted as FAT or FAT32.

Connecting external data storagemedia

Connecting a USB memory stick

X Insert a USB memory stick in the port onthe centre console.Playback starts automatically.

Connecting an SD card

X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe centre console.Playback starts automatically.

Connecting a Bluetooth® device

X Authorise and connect a Bluetooth® device,such as a Bluetooth®-capable mobilephone.

Operating external data storage media

Selecting connected external data stor-age media

X Select Menu > Multimedia > Media.X Select connected medium.

Controlling playback from a USB memorystick or SD card

: Selects the previous track; Selects the next track= Stops and continues playback? Switches track repeat onA Switches random playback onB Calls up the context menuC Displays the playlistD Selects a new track based on categories,

e.g. album, genre, folderE Resumes playback at any point in the

track

Controlling playback from a Bluetooth®

device

: Selects a new track; Selects the previous track

Connecting and operating external data storage media 111

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

= Stops playback? Selects the next trackA Displays the playlistB Calls up the context menu

Selecting a different device

X Select W > Change source.

Connecting another authorised Blue-tooth® device

X Select W > Find new device.

Enabling and disabling random playback

X To enable: select W > Enable random playback.

X To disable: select W > Disable random playback.

Displaying details of tracks on a USBmemory stick or SD card

X Select W > Track details.

Selecting a track from current playlist

X Select New selection > Folders.The current playlist is displayed.

X Select Find.A keyboard is shown.

X Enter the name or part of the name of thetrack you are looking for.

Selecting a track from categories

X Select New selection.X Select category for playback.

Switching album cover display on and off

The album cover must be saved in the audiofile.

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Media >Display album cover.

Viewing images

Useful information

Images that have been saved to an SD card orUSB memory stick can be viewed in the smartMedia-System.The following file formats can be displayed:

R.JPGR.GIFR.PNGR.BMP

Image playback

Starting image playback

X Insert SD card or USB memory stick into thecorresponding port.

X Select Multimedia > Images.X Select media source USB or SD.X Select folder.X Select image.

Switching between images

X Swipe left or right.

Specifying a new selection of images

X Select New selection.

Setting image playback

Switching from normal to thumbnail view

X Select Thumbnails.

Switching from thumbnail to normal view

X Select an image.

Displaying in full screen mode

X Select W > Full screen.

112 Viewing images>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Activating the controls in full screenmode

X Tap the touchscreen.

Switching from full screen mode to nor-mal view

X Select W > Normal view.

Enlarging the image

X Select W > Enlarge.

Showing images as a slide show

X Select W > Slide show.

Setting the display duration

X Select W > Image settings > Slide show delay.

X Set the desired time using the controls.

Setting default view for image playback

X Select W > Image settings > Default view.

X Select Normal view or Full screen.

Video playback

Video playback

Starting video playback

X Insert SD card or connect USB stick.X Select Multimedia > Video.X Select USB or SD.X Select folder or video.

All videos in a folder are played one afterthe other.

i The size of the video file may have animpact on the performance of the system.Therefore, only play back videos with alength of up to 5 minutes.

Selecting the next or previous video

X Select D or C.

Stopping and continuing playback

X Select Ë.

Playing a new video

X Select New selection.X Select a new video

Setting the video display

Playing videos in full screen mode

X Select Full screen.

Setting the default view for video play-back

X Select W > video settings.X Select Normal view or Full screen.

Using the navigation system

Starting the navigation system

Please note

G WARNING

Operating the integrated information sys-tems and communications equipment inthe vehicle while driving will distract youfrom traffic conditions. You could then losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Only operate these devices if road trafficconditions permit. If you are unsure aboutthe surrounding conditions, pull over to asafe location and make entries only whilethe vehicle is stationary.

The navigation system does not provideinformation on stop signs, right of way signs,traffic regulations or road safety regula-tions.

Using the navigation system 113

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Traffic regulations always take priority overthe navigation system's driving recommen-dations.Observe the legal stipulations and trafficregulations of the country you are driving inwhen in navigation mode.

Starting the navigation system

X Select Menu > Navigation.The following functions can be carried out:Rsearching for a destinationRplanning a routeRdisplaying a mapRcalling up TomTom servicesRchanging navigation settings

Reading map data

G WARNING

SD cards are small parts. They can be swal-lowed and cause choking. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Keep the SD card out of the reach of chil-dren. If a SD card is swallowed, seek med-ical attention immediately.

! To prevent damage to data, only use theSD card provided for the data in the Media-System or for updating map and systemsfiles.

X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe centre console.

X Switch on the device.The map data is read by the navigationsystem.

Removing an SD card

X Select Menu > System > Remove SD card.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Press the SD card.X Remove the SD card from the slot.

Updating map data

Regular updates will be offered for the mapdata. The first update can be downloaded forfree in the web portal within 90 days of vehi-

cle activation. This requires registration athttp://tomtom.com/forsmart. Further infor-mation is available from any smart Centre.

X Remove SD card from the vehicle and insertinto a computer.

X Install update software on the computer.X Run map update assistant.

i As well as updates, the latest software forthe Media-System can be downloaded andPremium Voices by TomTom can be pur-chased.

Entering and managing destinations

Entering a destination by address

X When using the navigation system for thefirst time, enter country.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Address.

X If desired, change the country using theflag symbol.

X Enter town or postcode.X Select the destination from the list.X Select the street.X Select the house number.X Confirm with Done.

Searching for a car park near the desti-nation address

This function can be called up when enteringthe destination.

X Select W > Nearby car park.A list of car parks near the current desti-nation appears.

Displaying information about the desti-nation address

This function can be called up when enteringthe destination.

X Select W > Show information

Entering a destination using the map

A location on the map can be selected as thedestination.

114 Using the navigation system>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Point on map.

X Align map view with the destination.X Tap the destination point on the display.

The symbol selected is highlighted in blue.X Tap on the symbol to confirm.

Entering a destination using the voicecontrol system

The voice control system must be switchedon.

X Say the command "Enter address".X When prompted by the voice control sys-

tem, say the destination address, includ-ing street name, house number and city.

X Say the voice command “Yes” or, if severalpossible destinations are displayed, saythe number.

Selecting a destination from the list oflast destinations

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Recent destinations.

X Select destination.

Entering a destination using geo-coor-dinates

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Lati‐tude Longitude.

X Enter the longitude and latitude

Setting home location

X Select Navigation > Settings > Set home address.

X Enter a home address

Setting home as a destination

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Home.

Selecting a saved location as destination

At least one destination must be stored forthis function.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Saved locations.

X Select destination.

Managing saved locations

X Select Navigation > Settings > Manage saved locations.

Entering a point of interest

POIs such as museums, restaurants or carparks near a location are displayed on themap.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Point of interest.The following list of surrounding areasappears. A POI can be searched for in theseareas:RNear my locationRAlong the routeRNear destinationRNear homeRIn a city

X Select surrounding area for the search for aPOI.The following list of categories for POIsappears:Ra list of categories for POIs: e.g. a filling

station or restaurantRa POI name searchRa POI search within a category

X Select category for the search.X Select POI.

Managing POIs

Adding a POI categoryX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Add POI category.

X Enter the name and symbol for the new POIcategory.

Deleting a POI categoryX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Delete POI category.

X Select the POI category to be deleted.

Using the navigation system 115

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Adding POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Add POI.If no POI categories have been defined yet,a prompt appears to enter a POI category.

X Select the category for the POI.X Enter your POI.

Deleting POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Delete POI.

X Select POI category.X Select the POI to be deleted.

Editing POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Edit POI.

X Select POI category.X Customise the POI properties.

Setting alerts for a nearby POIX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Warning when near POI.

X Select POI category.X Set the distance at which the message

should appear.X Set the type of alert issued.

Entering a destination via “TomTom Pla-ces”

POIs from the “TomTom Places” database areavailable using the “TomTom Places” func-tion.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > TomTom Places.A list of search criteria appears which canbe used to search for a POI.

X Select the search criteria.X Enter a search term.

Changing the route

Useful information

Once the destination has been selected, thenavigation system calculates the route to thedestination. The following options are avail-able for adjusting the route guidance:

Rcalculate alternative routesRadjust routes calculated by the navigation

systemRplan routes in advance and travel via spe-

cific way pointsRadjust settings for calculating routesOnce the route is calculated, a route sum-mary is shown. By default, the quickest routewill be calculated for route planning, takinginto account IQ Routes™. Traffic informationis taken into account when calculating theroute.The “route overview” function allows you toset whether the summary of a calculatedroute is automatically faded out from thedisplay after 10 seconds.If the route is not confirmed with Done, routeguidance will start automatically afterapproximately ten seconds.

Displaying a planned route

Calculating the routeX Enter a destination.X Select Done.

Displaying the route detailsX Select W > Route details.X Select one of the following functions:RDisplay instructions

An overview of the route with directionsappears.RDisplay a map of the route

The route appears on a map.RStart demonstration

A simulation of the route guidance forthe planned route is started. To end thesimulation, tap on the touchscreen andconfirm you want to cancel by tappingon Yes.RDisplay the destination

The destination for the route appears.

116 Using the navigation system>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

By pressing W, it is possible to searchfor a car park near the destination or addthe location to the saved locations.RShow traffic on route

Traffic disruptions along the route areshown.RSummary

A summary of the route details appears.

Saving a planned route

X Select W > Save Itinerary .

Changing the route

Cancelling the routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Can‐cel route.Route guidance can be resumed againwhen a new destination is entered.

Calculating an alternative routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Cal‐culate alternative.A new route is calculated and displayedthat takes you on different roads.

X Select the alternative route or a previousone.

Route guidance via way pointThe route can be adjusted by entering up tofour way points.

X Select Navigation > Change route >Travel via.If a way point has already been entered, alist of the saved way points will be dis-played.

X Select Add.X Select a new way point from Address,Recent destinations, Saved locations,TomTom Places or POI.The new way point is added.

Avoiding road blocksThe route can be changed if a section of roadalong the route is blocked or there is a trafficjam.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Avoid roadblock.

X Select the length of the route that needs tobe avoided.

Avoiding specific roadsThe route is calculated to avoid specificroads.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Avoid part of route.A list of the roads on the route is displayed.

X Select the road you wish to avoid.

Taking traffic disruptions into accountThe route is recalculated based on currenttraffic informationTraffic information is not available in allcountries and regions.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Mini‐mise delays.An overview of the traffic disruptionsalong the route will be shown.

X Select the traffic disruption you wish toavoid.

Planning a route in advance

Adding a routeX Select Navigation > Routes.X Select Add.X Select the starting point of the route.X Enter the route destination.X Enter at least one way point for the route.X Enter the route name.X Confirm with Done.

Starting navigation using a saved routeX Select Navigation > Routes.X Select the desired route.X Select W > Go.

Setting route planning

Selecting the route typeX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Route types.

X Select one of the following settings:

Using the navigation system 117

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

RAsk for every routeRAlways plan the fastest routeRAlways plan eco routesRAlways avoid motorwaysRAlways plan the shortest route

Selecting the setting for toll roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Toll roads.

X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for toll roads on routeRAlways avoid toll roadsRDo not avoid toll roads

Selecting the setting for ferry connectionsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Ferry connections.

X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for ferries on my routeRAlways avoid ferriesRDo not avoid ferries

Selecting the setting for unpaved roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Unpaved roads.

X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for unpaved roads on my routeRAlways avoid unpaved roads

Selecting the setting for carpool lanesCarpool lanes are lanes which can only beused by vehicles with at least two occupants.

X Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Carpool lane settings.

X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for carpool lanes on my routeRAlways avoid carpool lanes.RNever avoid carpool lanes

Using information during route guid-ance

Useful information

Navigation announcements provide guid-ance during the journey without distractingyou from traffic conditions. In addition, thedisplay shows information about the route.

Switching navigation announcements onand off

X Select Navigation > Settings > Turn on voice guidance or Turn off voice guid‐ance.

Information such as traffic reports andwarnings will be played even if the naviga-tion announcements have been deactivated.During route guidance, traffic informationcan be shown for the route ahead. The fol-lowing traffic information can be received:

RTraffic announcements (RDS/TMC)RHD Traffic (a TomTom Live Service, subject

to a fee)Live services are not available in all coun-tries and regions. For more information,visit: http://tomtom.com/services.

Tracking navigation on the display

: Zoom in and out of the map view; Maximum permitted speed= Name of the next main road or informa-

tion about the next street sign? Traffic informationA Route informationB Compass and symbol for two or three-

dimensional map displayC Context menuD Next navigation manoeuvre with dis-

tance and symbol for volume adjustmentE Information about current radio or audio

equipment

X Tap on the desired symbol in the map view.

The navigation system zooms in on the mapview as the vehicle approaches a junction.This makes it possible to follow turningmanoeuvres more accurately.

118 Using the navigation system>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Shortly before navigating a motorway junc-tion or exit, the display will show a three-dimensional representation of the lanes andthe exit. Lane Keeping Assist is not availablefor all junctions in all countries.

Traffic information details

: Overall delay on route; Traffic disruption (packed snow)= Traffic disruption (rain)? Traffic disruption (traffic jam)A Current location and distance to next

traffic disruption

During route guidance, traffic information isshown for the route ahead. When there are anumber of traffic disruptions in quick suc-cession, only the very next disruption on theroute will be displayed.Traffic information is not available in allcountries and regions.

Colour Meaning

Grey Unknown or unexplained situa-tion

Orange Slow-moving traffic

Red Traffic jam

Darkred

Standstill or road blocked

Calling up more detailed informationabout the traffic problems

X Tap on the display for traffic informationduring route guidance.

Scrolling through the traffic reports

X Tap on the message on the touchscreen andswipe left or right.

Displaying the map for a location

Useful information

With the “View map” function, the displayshows a two-dimensional map. The mapshows your current position, as well as anumber of other elements, such as Favour-ites.

Displaying a map

X Select Navigation > View map.A map of the surrounding area will beshown.

X To search, select W > Search.

Controlling the map view

Moving the mapX Tap on the centre of the touchscreen.X Swipe in the desired direction. The map

will then move in the respective direction.

Zooming in on the mapX Place two fingers slightly apart in the

middle of the touchscreen.X Move your fingers away from each other.

Reducing the scale of the mapX Place two fingers, at a greater distance

apart, on the screen.X Pull your fingers towards each other.

Showing and hiding additional informa-tion on the map

X Select Navigation > View map.X Select W > Change map information.X Select one of the following information

options:RTraffic informationRNamesRPoints of interest (POIs)RSatellite imagesRCoordinates

Using the navigation system 119

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Using TomTom Services with the navi-gation system

Useful information

The TomTom Services menu can be used tocall up and manage traffic information andother TomTom Live Services.TomTom Live Services are available for asubscription fee. The following TomTomServices come pre-installed and, followingactivation, can be used free of charge for aperiod of three years:

RHD TrafficRRadar cameras (not available in all coun-

tries)RWeatherRTomTom PlacesMore information on services http://www.tomtom.com/services.More information on availability in specificcountries: http://smart.com/connectTomTom Services can also be called up andmanaged in the Services menu. In the mainmenu, select Services > TomTom Services.

i If you have subscribed to the "TomTomTraffic" service, the "Traffic info" menuwill be called "TomTom Traffic".

Activating TomTom Services

TomTom Services must be activated beforeusing them for the first time. If TomTomServices are not yet activated, a correspond-ing button will be displayed in the mainmenu and in the Services menu.

X Select Services > TomTom Services.The TomTom Services installed on thedevice are displayed.

X Select the desired TomTom Service.Update installed is shown. TomTomServices are activated.

Starting TomTom Services

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services.The TomTom Services menu is displayed.

Checking subscription status for Tom-Tom Services

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services > My Services.The services available on the device andtheir subscription status will be shown.

Displaying traffic information along theroute

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Display traffic info. on route.

X To switch between traffic informationitems, tap on the message on thetouchscreen and swipe left or right.

Adjusting the route according to trafficdisruptions

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Minimise delays.

Viewing traffic disruptions on the map

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > View map.Traffic disruptions are displayed on themap as symbols.

X To view detailed information, tap on a traf-fic disruption symbol.

The following symbols are used:

Sym-bol

Meaning

Traffic jam

Road blocked

Traffic disruption

Construction site

One or more lanes blocked

Accident

Traffic disruption avoided usingthe traffic information

Fog

120 Using the navigation system>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Sym-bol

Meaning

Wind

Snow

Black ice

Rain

Viewing traffic information for the routeto work

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. for route to work.

X Select one of the following settings:RHome to workRWork to homeRChange the home to work route

Changing the settings for traffic infor-mation

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. settings.

X Select one of the following settings:RAlways change to this route

The navigation system automaticallychanges the route if a faster route hasbeen calculated due to a traffic reportalong the route.RRequest confirmation for route

If a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemwill ask which route should be used.RNever change my route

The navigation system will not changethe route, even if a traffic announcementhas been made.

Reading aloud traffic information

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Read traffic info. aloud.

Setting the navigation system

Setting the voice

The voice which is used for navigation com-mands can be changed. It is possible tochoose between computer-generated voicesor voices recorded by professionals. For voi-ces that have been recorded by professio-nals, only basic navigation commands willbe spoken.

X Select System > Sound > Voice.X Select voice for playback.X To listen to the voice, select Test.

Setting the voice output

X Select System > Sound > Voice output set-tings.

X Select one of the following settings:RRead early warning instructions aloudRRead motorway lane instructions aloudRRead traffic info. aloud when nav‐igatingRRead foreign street names aloudRRead street numbers aloudRRead street names aloudRRead weather information aloudRRead POI warnings aloudRRead aloud warningsRRead signposts aloud

Changing the map

X Select Navigation > Settings > Change map.

X Select the desired map.

Changing the map colours

X Select Navigation > Settings > Change map colours.

X Press , or . to select the desireddisplay.

Using the navigation system 121

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Setting safety warnings

X Select System > Safety warnings.X To select the desired settings:RSuggest driving breaksRWarn when driving near schoolsRWarn when driving faster than allowedRWarn when driving faster than a set speed

X Select Resume.X Select a warning tone for the respective

safety warning.

For the “Warn when driving faster than a setspeed” function, the speed above which thewarning tone should sound must be entered.

Setting the units of measurement for dis-tance

All units of measurement for distance in thenavigation system can be changed. The unitsof measurement for distance of other dis-plays are not changed, such as distance dis-plays for the eco score or the on-board com-puter.

X Select System > Set units > Distance units.

X Select one of the following settings:RKilometresRMiles

Setting the units for GPS coordinates

X Select System > Set units > GPS co-ordi‐nate display.

X Select one of the following settings:RDegrees (d°)RDegrees, Minutes (d° m.m')RDegrees, Minutes, Seconds (d° m\' s\'')

Managing apps

Useful information

If available, apps may be installed and man-aged on the smart Media-System. Apps andthe use of TomTom services can be called upand managed in the Services menu.

The smart Media-System uses a mobilephone connection for data connection. Pleasetake note of the following information whenusing data services:

RThe mobile connectivity and built-in SIMcard for this vehicle can only be used fordata services offered by certain third par-ties, as well as Daimler AG, via the SmartMedia-System for use in the vehicle. Theuse of data services requires the conclu-sion of separate agreements between thevehicle user and the respective provider.Voice service usage is not permitted. Assuch, the SIM card must be permanentlyinstalled as factory equipment.RThe mobile communications connectivity

and the SIM card may only be used respon-sibly in accordance with the applicablelaws and other legal requirements of thecorresponding countries, insofar as this iswithin the power of the vehicle user.RUpgrading, reproduction, reverse assem-

bly and disassembly of the SIM card arenot permitted. Statutory authorityremains unaffected.

Failure to follow the above instructions,depending on the severity of non-compli-ance, can in some cases lead to temporary orpermanent deactivation of the mobile con-nection and the SIM card, in particular toprotect Daimler AG and its contractual part-ners from negative legal consequences aris-ing from non-compliance. The availability ofmobile connectivity in individual countriesdepends on the existence of correspondingmobile service agreements with local mobilenetwork providers; availability can there-fore change from time to time. The maximumperiod of validity for the mobile connectivityis 15 years from the time of installation in thevehicle.

Installing Apps

If available, apps may be used on the SmartMedia-System. This requires registration athttp://tomtom.com/forsmart.

X Remove SD card from the vehicle and insertinto a computer.

Further information: http://tomtom.com/forsmart.

122 Managing apps>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Displaying and calling up apps

Displaying apps

X Select Services > Settings > Applica‐tions manager.The Apps installed on the SD card areshown in the smart Media-System.

Calling up apps

X Select Services.X Select the desired app.

Calling up the connectivity manager

The connectivity manager allows you tomanage the devices connected to the SmartMedia-System.

X Select Services > Settings > Connectiv‐ity manager.

Managing data sharing

Enabling or disabling data sharing

If data sharing has not been enabled before-hand, a corresponding message is shownwhen the smart Media-System is started up.Data sharing can be enabled or disabled atany time.

X Select Services > Settings > Data shar‐ing.

X Select one of the following settings:RYes

Enable data sharingRNo

Disable data sharing.

Displaying additional information

X Select Services > Settings > Data sharing> About.

Displaying text in another language

X Select Services > Settings > Data sharing> Language.

Managing apps 123

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Stowing small objects

Please note

G WARNING

If you stow objects in the vehicle interior inan unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces and mobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brakingor sudden changes in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or stowage nets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

G WARNING

The cup holder cannot secure a drinks con-tainer in place during a journey. If you usea cup holder during a journey, the drinkscontainer could be flung around and liquidcould be spilt. Vehicle occupants couldcome into contact with the liquid and, inparticular, be scalded by hot liquid. Youcould be distracted from the traffic situa-tion and lose control of the vehicle. There isa risk of an accident and injury.

Only use the cup holder when the vehicle isstationary. Only place containers of a suit-able size in the cup holder. Seal the con-tainer, in particular when it contains hotliquid.

! Only use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.

Using the compartments

X To stow objects, use the following com-partments:RStowage compartments in the doorsRGlove compartmentRSpectacles compartment above the driv-

er's seatRStowage net in the front-passenger

footwellRDrawer in the centre consoleRVelcro strip on the front passenger seat

for stowing a handbagRCup holders in the front centre consoleRCup holder in the rear centre console

with a recess for storing a mobile phoneRsmart fortwo coupé: stowage compart-

ment in the lower tailgate

Locking/unlocking the glove compart-ment

X Insert the key into the lock and turn clock-wise to position 2 (to lock) or anticlock-wise to position 1 (to unlock).

Opening the stowage compartment inthe tailgate (smart fortwo coupé)

! Do not exceed the lower tailgate maxi-mum load of 100 kg. It may otherwisebecome damaged.

124 Stowing small objects>>

Loa

din

g an

d s

tow

ing.

X Open the tailgate.X Pull handle : on the inside of the lower

tailgate upwards.X Lift up the cover in the direction of the

arrow.

Stowing luggage and large objects

Please note

G WARNING

If you stow objects in the vehicle interior inan unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces and mobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brakingor sudden changes in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or ruffled pockets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle is mov-ing, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.

Turn off the engine before opening thetailgate. Never drive with the tailgateopen.

The handling characteristics of a laden vehi-cle are dependent on the distribution of theload within the vehicle.Observe the following loading guidelineswhen loading and transporting luggage andloads:

Rnever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight or the permissibleaxle loads for the vehicle (including occu-pants).Rthe load must not protrude above the upper

edge of the head restraints.Rensure that no items of luggage can enter

the passenger compartment above orbetween the seats.Rensure that loaded objects are stowed

safely and are secured.Rload heavy objects at the bottom and light

objects at the top.Rthe load compartment is the preferred

place to stow objects.Rstow heavy loads as far forwards and as

low down in the load compartment as pos-sible.

Opening the boot (smart fortwo coupé)

! The tailgates swing to the rear, bothupwards and downwards, when opened.Therefore, make sure that there is suffi-cient clearance above, behind and belowthe tailgates.

Stowing luggage and large objects 125

>> L

oad

ing

and

sto

win

g.

Z

X Press the % button on the key.X Press button :.X Fold the upper tailgate upwards.

X Pull lever : upwards.X Fold the lower tailgate down.

Closing the boot (smart fortwo coupé)

X Fold the lower tailgate upwards andengage on both sides.

X Pull the upper tailgate down and press itclosed.

X Press the & button on the key.The vehicle is locked.

Opening the boot (smart fortwo cabrio)

Opening the tailgate

X Press the % button on the key.X Press button : in the handle recess.X Fold down the tailgate.

Opening the rear soft top

X Open the tailgate.X Press both latch levers :.X Swing the rear soft top up.

Closing the boot (smart fortwo cabrio)

Closing the rear soft top

! When closing the tailgate, you must firstlock the tail cover. Otherwise, you couldbreak the catch lever.

X Pull the rear soft top down until it engages.X Lock the rear soft top with both latch lev-

ers.

126 Stowing luggage and large objects>>

Loa

din

g an

d s

tow

ing.

Closing the tailgate

X Pull the tailgate up until it engages.X Press the & button on the key.

The vehicle is locked.

Enlarging the load compartment: fold-ing the front-passenger seat backrestforwards

Folding down the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the lever)

Seat with a lever

X Lift lever ; and slide the front passengerseat to its rearmost position.

X Pull lever : forwards.X Fold the seat backrest forwards at the same

time.

Folding down the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the handwheel)

Seat with a handwheel

X Turn handwheel : forward.

Folding back the front-passenger seatbackrest

Please note

G WARNING

If the seat backrest is not engaged, it mayfold forwards, e.g. during braking or in theevent of an accident.

RAs a result, a backrest which is notengaged would press you into the seatbelt. The seat belt cannot perform itsintended protective function and couldadditionally cause injury.

RThe backrest cannot restrain objects orloads in the boot.

This poses an increased risk of injury.

Before every journey, make sure that thebackrest is engaged as described.

Folding back the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the lever)

X Pull lever :.X Push the seat backrest back at the same

time until it engages.

Folding back the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the handwheel)

X Turn handwheel : backwards.

Using the boot separator

Fitting the boot separator

G WARNING

On its own, the boot cover cannot secure orrestrain heavy objects, items of luggageand heavy loads. You could be hit by anunsecured load during sudden changes indirection, braking or in the event of anaccident. There is an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over, e.g.

Using the boot separator 127

>> L

oad

ing

and

sto

win

g.

Z

by using lashing material, even if you areusing the boot cover.

For easier fitting, fold the front-passengerseat backrest forwards.

X smart fortwo coupé: open the upper andlower tailgate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-gate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft topup.

X Hold boot separator : with the luggagenet bag in the direction of the passengercompartment in the boot.

X Insert the boot separator into bracket ;on the right side.

X Slide handle ? to the right and hold.X Insert the boot separator into bracket ;

on the left side.X Release handle.

Boot separator : snaps into place.X Secure the luggage net bag with the Velcro

fasteners.

If the boot separator is not required and nosubwoofer is installed, it can be attached tobrackets =.

Hooking in and unhooking the bootseparator

X Grip boot separator : in the middle andpull it back.

X Hook boot separator into left and right rearbrackets A.

128 Using the boot separator>>

Loa

din

g an

d s

tow

ing.

Useful information

The engine compartment in the smart islocated at the rear, below the boot. Here youcan check the engine oil level and top up theengine oil.All other tanks for service fluids are locatedunder the service cover at the front.When working on the vehicle, always complywith all safety regulations.

Removing/fitting the subwoofer

Removing the subwoofer

X Release quick-release fastener : in thedirection of the arrow.

X Reach into the recess on the quick-releasefastener.

X Detach, tilt and pull the subwoofer to theright.

X Pull out the connector.

Fitting the subwoofer

X Insert the connector.X Place the subwoofer at the base of the side

trim.X Turn quick-release fastener : upwards.X Press the bracket into the recess in side

trim ;.X Turn quick-release fastener : to the

right.

Opening and closing the engine com-partment cover

Please note

G WARNING

The engine compartment cover can becomevery hot. There is a risk of injury if youremove the engine compartment cover towork in the engine compartment.

Allow the engine to cool down beforeremoving the engine compartment cover.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. ifthe engine compartment cover has notbeen fitted correctly when the engine isrunning, particularly whilst the vehicle ismoving, exhaust gases may enter the vehi-cle interior. There is a danger of poisoning.

Always switch off the engine beforeremoving the engine compartment cover.Make sure that the engine compartmentcover has been fitted correctly.

Opening and closing the engine compartment cover 129

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Opening the engine compartmentcover

The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway.

X smart fortwo coupé: open the upper andlower tailgate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-gate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft topup.

X Vehicles with a subwoofer: remove the sub-woofer.

X Vehicles with a boot separator: attach thehook to the upper bracket of boot separa-tor :.

X Fold up the carpet.X Unscrew and remove screws = in the

engine cover.X Remove engine cover ;.

Closing the engine compartment cover

X Slide engine compartment cover ; for-wards to the stop.

X Tighten screws =.X Fold down the carpet and push it under the

side panelling.X Vehicles with a subwoofer:fit the sub-

woofer.X Vehicles with a boot separator:detach the

hook on the boot separator.

Opening and closing the service cover

Please note

G WARNING

If the service cover is not locked, it maycome loose during driving and block yourview or endanger other road users. There isa risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, make sure that the service coveris locked before driving off.

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers start to movewhen the service cover is open, you couldbecome caught up in the wiper rods. Thereis a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before you open the ser-vice cover.

! To ensure unhindered air intake, com-pletely remove any dirt or snow from theventilation slots above the service cover.

The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway.On vehicles with a lockable service cover, theservice cover must be unlocked before it isopened.

Unlocking the service cover on vehicleswith a lockable service cover

X Remove lock cover : on driver's side.X Insert the key into the lock and turn it to

position u.

130 Opening and closing the service cover>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Opening the service cover

X Pull both levers ; in the direction of thearrow.

X Lift service cover = at the front.X Pull service cover = slightly forwards and

upwards to remove it.X Hook top rear of service cover = into the

openings on the vehicle.

Closing the service cover

X Lift service cover =.X Slide bars A on the left and right of the

service cover under the bars on wing ?.

X Press service cover = downwards.X Press both levers ; backwards in the

direction of the arrow.

Locking the service cover on vehicleswith a lockable service cover

X Insert the key into the lock and turn it toposition 1.

X Insert lock cover : on the driver's sideand snap it into place.

Checking service products and toppingup

Please note

G WARNING

Service product can be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.

Observe the instructions on the respectiveoriginal container when using, storing anddisposing off service products. Alwaysstore service products in the sealed origi-nal container. Always keep service prod-ucts out of the reach of children.

H Environmental note

Dispose of service products in an environ-mentally-responsible manner.

Also observe the safety notes in the "Serviceproducts" section (Y page 190).

Checking service products and topping up 131

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Service products include the following:

RFuels (e.g. petrol, diesel)RLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission

oil)RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindscreen washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantService products approved by smart: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com

Checking the engine oil and topping up

Checking the engine oil level

G WARNING

Certain components in the engine com-partment could be very hot, e.g. the engine,the radiator and parts of the exhaust sys-tem. There is a risk of injury when access-ing the engine compartment.

As far as possible, allow the engine to cooldown and only touch the componentsdescribed in the following.

G WARNING

If you open the bonnet while the engine isoverheating or while there is a fire in theengine compartment, you could come intocontact with hot gases or other leakingservice products. There is a danger ofinjury.

Allow an overheating engine to cool downbefore opening the bonnet. If there is a firein the engine compartment, leave the bon-net closed and notify the fire brigade.

G WARNING

There are moving components in theengine compartment. Certain componentsmay continue to move or suddenly moveagain even after the ignition has beenswitched off, e.g. the radiator fan. There isa risk of injury.

If you have to carry out work in the enginecompartment:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rnever touch the dangerous areas sur-rounding moving components, e.g. therotation area of the fan

Rremove jewellery and watches

Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from moving parts.

Depending on your driving style, the vehicleconsumes up to 0.5 litres of oil per 1000 km.The oil consumption may be higher than thiswhen the vehicle is new or if it is frequentlydriven at high engine speeds.

To check the engine oil, the vehicle must beparked on a flat surface.

X If the engine has not been started for anextended period, e.g. overnight, the meas-urement can be carried out immediately.

X If the engine is at normal operating tem-perature, wait 5 minutes before measuring.

X If the engine was only started briefly andis not at normal operating temperature,switch off the engine and wait 30 minutesbefore carrying out the measurement.

X Open the engine compartment cover.X Remove oil dip stick : from the guide tube

and wipe it off.X Insert the oil dipstick fully into the guide

tube.X Pull out the oil dipstick.X Read the engine oil level.

The level must be between MIN = andMAX ;.

132 Checking service products and topping up>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Adding engine oil

G WARNING

If engine oil comes into contact with hotcomponents in the engine compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that engine oil does not spill outover the filler neck. Allow the engine tocool down and thoroughly clean the com-ponents that have come into contact withengine oil before you start the engine.

! Do not add too much oil. If the oil level isabove the MAX mark on the dipstick, toomuch oil has been added. This can lead toengine damage or catalytic converterdamage. Have excess oil siphoned off.

! Do not use any additives with the engineoil. This could damage the engine.

H Environmental note

When topping up the oil, take care not tospill any. If oil enters the soil or water-ways, it is harmful to the environment.

Information on tested and approved engineoils is available from any smart centre. smartrecommends that you have the oil changecarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.Overview of approved engine oils:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com, then enterthe designation, e.g. 229.5.

X Unscrew and remove cap :.X Top up with no more than 1 litre of recom-

mended engine oil.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as it

will go.X Check the engine oil level.X Close the engine compartment cover.

i Regular engine oil changes using anapproved engine oil from the suitable SAEclassification are strongly recommended.

Checking the coolant and topping up

Checking the coolant level

X Stop the vehicle on a level surface.X Let the coolant cool down for at least

30 minutes.X Open the service cover.X Check reservoir ; visually.

The fluid level must be between the MINmark and the MAX mark.

Checking service products and topping up 133

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Topping up the coolant

G WARNING

The cooling system is pressurised, partic-ularly when the engine is warm. If youopen the cap, you could be scalded if hotcoolant sprays out. There is a risk of injury.

Let the engine cool down before you openthe cap. Wear gloves and eye protection.Open the cap slowly to release the pres-sure.

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can befound in the Mercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB Specifications forService Products 310.1, e.g. on the Internetat http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Orcontact a qualified specialist workshop.

If antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor is present inthe correct concentration, the boiling pointof the coolant during operation is approx-imately 130 †.The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concen-tration in the engine cooling system shouldbe 50% (antifreeze protection down to -37 †).This will protect the engine cooling systemagainst freezing down to approximately-25 †.

X Cover cap : of coolant expansion tank ;with a cloth.

X Turn the cap slowly one half turn. If nec-essary, allow excess pressure to escape.

X Turn the cap further and remove it.X Top up the coolant to the MAX level.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as it

will go.X Close the service cover.

i See "Technical data" for information onrecommended coolants.

Topping up the washer fluid

G WARNING

Windscreen washer concentrate is highlyflammable. If it comes into contact with hot

components in the front compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that windscreen washer con-centrate is not spilled next to the fillerneck.

X Open the service cover.X Pull cap : upwards at the tab.X If available, pull the removable nozzle up

as far as the stop.X Top up with washer fluid.X If available, push the removable nozzle

down and push it inside.X Replace and tightly screw on cap :.X Close the service cover.

i See "Technical data" for information onwindscreen washer fluid/antifreeze.

Checking wheels and tyres

G Warning

A flat tyre severely impairs the driving,steering and braking characteristics of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive with a flat tyre. Immediatelyreplace the flat tyre with your spare wheel,or consult a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

134 Checking wheels and tyres>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Check the tyres regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tyres imme-diately.

G WARNING

Insufficient tyre tread will reduce tyretraction. The tyre is no longer able to dis-sipate water. This means that on wet roadsurfaces, the risk of aquaplaning increa-ses, in particular where speed is not adap-ted to suit the driving conditions. There isa risk of accident.

If the tyre pressure is too high or too low,tyres may exhibit different levels of wearat different locations on the tyre tread.Thus, you should regularly check the treaddepth and the condition of the tread acrossthe entire width of all tyres.

Minimum tyre tread depth for:

Rsummer tyres: 3 mm

RM+S tyres: 4 mm

For safety reasons, replace the tyres beforethe legally prescribed limit for the mini-mum tyre tread depth is reached.

! If unavoidable, you should drive overobstacles such as kerbs slowly and not at asharp angle. Otherwise, you may damagethe wheels or tyres.

Modification work on the brake system andwheels is not permitted. The use of spacers orbrake dust shields is not permitted. Thisinvalidates the general operating permit forthe vehicle.Check the wheels and tyres for damage atleast once a month, as well as after drivingoff-road or on poorly surfaced roads.Run-in new tyres at moderate speeds for thefirst 100 km. The tyres only attain their max-imum performance after this distance.Vibrations, audible noises and unusual han-dling characteristics, e.g. pulling to one side,can indicate damage to wheels or tyres.

If you suspect a tyre defect:

X Reduce vehicle speed.X Stop the vehicle as soon as possible.X Check the wheels and tyres for damage.

If you find no signs of damage, have thewheels and tyres checked at a specialistworkshop.

Changing a wheel

Please note

G WARNING

Never interchange the front and rearwheels as they have different dimensions,e.g. size, offset etc. Otherwise, there couldbe a negative effect on the road holdingand you could endanger yourself or others.

G WARNING

Exceeding the stated tyre load-bearingcapacity and the approved maximumspeed could lead to tyre damage or the tyrebursting. There is a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tyre types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observethe tyre load rating and speed ratingrequired for your vehicle.

G WARNING

If wheels and tyres of the wrong size areused, the wheel brakes or suspension com-ponents may be damaged. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always replace wheels and tyres withthose that fulfil the specifications of theoriginal part.

When replacing wheels, make sure to fitthe correct:

Rdesignation

Rtype

Changing a wheel 135

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

When replacing tyres, make sure to fit thecorrect:

Rdesignation

Rmanufacturer

Rtype

! On vehicles fitted with a tyre pressuremonitor, electronic components are loca-ted in the wheel.Tyre-fitting tools should not be applied inthe area of the valve, since this could dam-age the electronic components.Only have tyres changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! Position a suitable jack only on the jack-ing points intended for this purpose. Raisethe vehicle for a short time only to changethe wheel. Make sure the vehicle is on asuitable surface and that no-one is in thevehicle. Secure the vehicle using chocksand apply the parking brake.

Rules for selecting new tyres

! For safety reasons, smart recommendsthat you only use tyres and wheels whichhave been specifically approved by smartfor your vehicle. These are specially adap-ted to the control systems, such as ABS orESP®.Only use tyres and wheels specificallytested and approved by smart. Certaincharacteristics, e.g. handling, vehiclenoise emissions or fuel consumption, mayotherwise be adversely affected. In addi-tion, when driving with a load, dimen-sional variations and different tyre defor-mation characteristics could cause thetyres to make contact with the bodyworkand axle components. This could result indamage to the tyres or the vehicle.smart accepts no liability for damageresulting from the use of tyres or wheelsother than those tested and approved.Information on wheels and tyres can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a smart centre.

The service life of tyres depends on variousfactors, including the following:

RDriving styleRTyre pressureRMileageObserve the following rules for selecting newtyres:

RObserve country-specific regulationswhich stipulate or recommend a certaintyre type for the vehicle.ROnly fit tyres and wheels of the same type

and make.ROnly tyres of the same size may be used on

a single axle (left/right).ROnly use tyres of the same type (summer

tyres, winter tyres).RUse only wheel-tyre combinations

approved by smart.RDo not wear tyres out too much. This oth-

erwise significantly reduces the tractionon wet roads (aquaplaning).RReplace tyres after six years at the latest.

i Recommended tyre pressures for variousoperating states can be found on the tyrepressure table on the driver's side doorpillar (B-pillar).

You can find further information regardingtyres and wheels at specialist tyre retailers,at qualified specialist workshops and at anysmart centre.

Preparing to change a wheel

X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the parking brake.X Position the front wheels to point straight

ahead.X Vehicles with a manual transmis-

sion:depress the clutch pedal and shift toeither first or reverse gear.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to position P.

X Switch off the engine.X Remove key from ignition lock.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

136 Changing a wheel>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Removing a wheel

G WARNING

If you do not position the jack correctly atthe appropriate jacking point of the vehi-cle, the jack could tip over with the vehicleraised. There is a risk of injury.

Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. The base of thejack must be positioned vertically, directlyunder the jacking point of the vehicle.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt.The threads of the wheel bolts and wheelhubs could otherwise be damaged whenthe bolts are tightened.

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:

X Using both hands, grasp two hub capopenings and remove the hub cap.

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub cap cov-ers:

X Remove the wheel hub cover.

X Using wheel wrench : loosen the wheelbolts by about one turn. Do not unscrew thewheel bolts completely.

Changing a wheel 137

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

The vehicle may only be raised at the desig-nated jacking points. The jacking points arelocated just behind the front wheel archesand just in front of the rear wheel arches.

X Position jack ; under the triangularindentations for jacking point :.

X Set the foot of the jack up vertically withrespect to the jacking point on the vehicle.

X Raise the vehicle with the jack until thetyre is at most 3 cm off the ground.

X Unscrew and remove the wheel bolts.X Remove the wheel.

Fitting a wheel

G WARNING

Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause thewheel bolts to come loose. As a result, youcould lose a wheel while driving. There is arisk of accident.

Never oil or grease wheel bolts. In theevent of damage to the threads, contact aqualified specialist workshop immedi-ately. Have the damaged wheel bolts or hubthreads replaced/renewed. Do not continuedriving.

G WARNING

The wheels could work loose if the wheelnuts and bolts are not tightened to thespecified tightening torque. There is a riskof accident.

Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

G WARNING

If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack couldtip over. There is a risk of injury.

Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

! When changing a wheel, use only wheelbolts that have been approved for thewheel rim and vehicle.

Fit tyres with a specified direction of rota-tion only according to their direction of rota-tion. An arrow on the sidewall of the tyreindicates its correct direction of rotation.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

X Push the wheel onto the wheel hub andpress it on.

X Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten themslightly.

X Lower the vehicle all the way.X Remove the jack.X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross-

wise pattern in sequence indicated :to ?. The tightening torque must be105 Nm.

X Check the recommended tyre pressure andadjust if necessary.

i Vehicles with tyre pressure control sys-tem: all fitted wheels must be equippedwith functioning sensors.

138 Changing a wheel>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:

X Fit hub cap A such that valve B does notbecome trapped.

X Press the hub cap evenly onto the wheelwith both hands until you hear the hub capengage.

X Check to make sure the hub cap is seatedsecurely on the wheel.

Vehicle with steel wheels and wheel hub cov-ers:

X Fit the wheel hub cover.

Storing wheels

X Store wheels in a cool, dry and dark placewhen not in use.

X Protect against oil, grease and fuel.

Using the tyre pressure monitor

Useful information

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tyrepressure to the recommended cold tyre pres-sure suitable for the operating situation.The tyre pressure monitor issues a warningwhen the pressure drops in one or more of thetyres.The tyre pressure monitor works properlyonly if sensors are present in all four tyres,and after the monitor has learned the correcttyre pressure for the current operating sit-uation. This occurs automatically in mostsituations, but may also be specified afterrestarting the tyre pressure monitor. Beforerestarting, check the tyres for the recom-mended tyre pressure.

The tyre pressure monitor does not provide awarning in the following cases:

REven loss of pressure on multiple tyresRSudden loss of tyre pressure, e.g. due to

penetration by a foreign bodyRIncorrectly set tyre pressureThe tyre pressure monitor has a yellowwarning lamp in the instrument cluster forindicating a pressure loss or malfunction.

Restarting the tyre pressure monitor(on-board computer with a mono-chrome display)

X Set the tyre pressure of all tyres to therecommended value.

X On the multifunction lever press the ´button repeatedly until the ° and hsymbols are displayed in the instrumentcluster display.

X Press and hold the a button on the mul-tifunction lever.The ° and h symbols will flash inthe instrument cluster display for about5 seconds. The two symbols then light up.

The tyre pressure monitor is restarted.

Restarting the tyre pressure monitor(on-board computer with colour dis-play)

X Set the tyre pressure of all tyres to therecommended value.

X Select Settings > Tyre pressure monitorin the on-board computer.The Tyre pressure monitor Adopt cur‐rent pressures as new reference val‐ues? message appears in the display.

X Select yes and press a to confirm.The display shows the Tyre pressure monitor restarted message.

If the Tyre pressure monitor restartedmessage does not appear after 5 seconds,repeat the tyre pressure monitor restart.

Using the tyre pressure monitor 139

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Checking the tyre pressures

Please note

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tyres posethe following risks:

Rthe tyres may burst, especially as theload and vehicle speed increase.

Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impairtyre traction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.

There is a risk of an accident.

Observe the recommended tyre pressureand check the tyre pressure of all the tyres:

Rat least every two weeks

Rwhen the load changes

Rbefore embarking on a longer journey

Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.

G WARNING

If you mount unsuitable accessories ontotyre valves, the tyre valves may be over-loaded and malfunction, which can causetyre pressure loss. Aftermarket tyre pres-sure monitoring systems will cause thetyre valve to remain open. This can alsoresult in tyre pressure loss. There is a riskof an accident.

Only screw standard valve caps or valvecaps specifically approved by smart foryour vehicle onto the tyre valve.

G WARNING

If the tyre pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tyre may be damaged. Tyrepressure that is too low may result in a tyreblow-out. There is a risk of accident.

RCheck the tyre for foreign objects.

RCheck whether the wheel is losing air orthe valve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage,contact a qualified specialist workshop.

H Environmental note

Check the tyre pressure regularly, at leastevery 14 days.

The table with the recommended tyre pres-sure for various operating conditions can befound on the driver's side door pillar(B-pillar).The tyre pressure table may also state airpressures for different load conditions.These are defined in the table as differentnumbers of passengers and amounts of lug-gage. The actual number of seats may differfrom this.If a tyre size precedes a tyre pressure, thetyre pressure information following is onlyvalid for that tyre size. If tyre sizes are notspecified, the tyre pressures stated on thetyre pressure table apply for all approvedtyres.

Checking and correcting the tyre pres-sure manually

Only check the tyre pressure once the tyreshave cooled down.

X Drive the vehicle less than 2 km.X Park the vehicle away from direct sunlight

for at least three hours.X Check the tyre pressure with a suitable

tyre pressure gauge.

140 Checking the tyre pressures>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

X If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.

Using winter tyres

G WARNING

M+S tyres with a tyre tread depth of lessthan 4 mm are not suitable for use in winteras they do not provide sufficient traction.There is a risk of accident.

M+S tyres with a tread depth of less than4 mm must be replaced.

At temperatures below +7 †, summer tyreslose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tyres on yourvehicle therefore to M+S tyres. Using summertyres at very cold temperatures could causetears to form, thereby damaging the tyrespermanently. smart cannot accept responsi-bility for this type of damage.Have the vehicle winterproofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.

X At low temperatures, use only winter tyresmarked with M+S.

X When road conditions are wintry, useM+S tyres with the additional i snow-flake symbol.These tyres allow driving safety systems,e.g. ABS, to function optimally in the win-ter.

X Use M+S tyres of the same make and treadon all wheels.

X When driving with M+S tyres, observe thespecified maximum permissible speed.

X Use only tyre types and sizes approved forsmart.

X When using tyres with a specified direc-tion of rotation, observe the arrow on thesidewall indicating the tyre's direction ofrotation.

After fitting M+S tyres:

X Check tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.X If M+S tyres with a lower maximum per-

missible speed than that of the vehicle arefitted, affix an appropriate warning labelin the driver's field of vision. Using the

limiter, restrict the speed to the maximumpermissible speed for M+S tyres.

Using snow chains

G WARNING

If you have fitted snow chains to the frontwheels, they may scrape against the vehi-cle body or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tyres.There is a risk of an accident.

To avoid hazardous situations:

Rnever fit snow chains on the front wheels

Rfit snow chains to the rear wheels inpairs.

! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you fit snowchains on steel wheels, you may damagethe hub caps. Remove the hub caps fromthe relevant wheels before fitting the snowchains.

For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle by smart.Further information can be obtained at asmart centre or a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Observe country-specific regulations.X Use only snow chains approved for smart.X Fit snow chains on both rear wheels.X Use snow chains only on snow-covered

roads.X When driving with snow chains fitted, do

not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 50 km/h.

Changing the window wiper blades

Please note

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers begin to movewhile you are changing the wiper blades,you can be trapped by the wiper arm. Thereis a risk of injury.

Changing the window wiper blades 141

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand ignition before changing the wiperblades.

! Never open the service cover or tailgate ifa wiper arm has been folded away from thewindscreen or rear window. Never fold awiper arm without a wiper blade back ontothe windscreen or rear window. Hold thewiper arm firmly when you change thewiper blade. If you release the wiper armwithout a wiper blade and it falls onto thewindow, the window may be damaged bythe force of the impact.

Changing the window wiper blades onthe windscreen

X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Press the combination switch to position 2.The wiper arms will move upwards.

X Turn the key to position 0 and remove it.X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-

screen.

X Press both release clips ; on mounting ?in the direction of arrow 3 and pull awayfrom the wiper arm.

X Slide window wiper blade : in the direc-tion of arrow 5 until the securing hook forthe window wiper blade is revealed.

X Remove the window wiper blade.

X Slide new window wiper blade : in thedirection of arrow 4 onto mounting = ofwiper arm ;.The window wiper blade snaps into place.

X Check that the window wiper blade is posi-tioned correctly.

X Carefully fold wiper arm ; onto the wind-screen.

Changing the rear window wiper blade(smart fortwo coupé)

X Remove key from ignition lock.X Fold wiper arm : away from the rear win-

dow until you hear it engage.X Unscrew window wiper blade ; in the

direction of the arrow until it is releasedfrom the retainer on the wiper arm.

X Pull out window wiper blade ;.X Press new window wiper blade ; onto

wiper arm : until it engages.X Check that window wiper blade ; is posi-

tioned correctly.X Fold wiper arm : back onto the rear win-

dow.

142 Changing the window wiper blades>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Cleaning the vehicle

Useful information

Regular care maintains the appearance andquality of the vehicle over time.Observe the following when cleaning andcaring for the vehicle:

X Use soft, moist cloths.X Use care products and cleaning agents

recommended and approved by smart.X Do not use acidic cleaning agents.X In winter, carefully remove road salt as

soon as possible.

Cleaning the vehicle exterior

Cleaning the vehicle

Preparing the vehicle for cleaning

G WARNING

Braking efficiency is reduced after thevehicle has been washed. There is a risk ofan accident.

After washing the vehicle, brake carefullywhile paying attention to the traffic con-ditions in order to restore full braking effi-ciency.

X Close the side windows completely.X Switch off the climate control blower.X Turn the windscreen wipers to position 0.

Cleaning in an automatic car washX Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Remove excess dirt.X Drive through the automatic car wash.X Remove wax from the front windscreen and

the wiper blades.

i If the windscreen wipers leave smearsafter the vehicle has passed through thecar wash, this may be caused by wax orother residue. This residue can be removedwith washer fluid.

Washing by handX Locate a washing bay equipped for hand-

washing.X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Apply mild cleaning agent with a soft

vehicle sponge.X Thoroughly hose the vehicle with a gentle

jet of water; do not point the water jetdirectly towards the air inlet grille.

X Dry the vehicle off with a chamois.

Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner

G WARNING

The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.Have damaged tyres or chassis compo-nents replaced immediately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least30 cm between the vehicle and the high-pressure cleaner nozzle. Informationabout the correct distance is availablefrom the equipment manufacturer.Move the high-pressure cleaner nozzlearound when cleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:

RtyresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints etc.Relectrical componentsRbatteryRconnectorsRlightsRsealsRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.

X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Maintain a distance of at least 30 cm

between the high-pressure cleaner nozzleand the vehicle.

X Keep moving the nozzle whilst cleaning.

Cleaning the vehicle 143

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Cleaning the reversing camera

X Clean camera lens : with water and a softcloth.

Cleaning the sensors

X Clean sensors : with water, car shampooand a soft cloth.

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNING

The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.

Have damaged tyres or chassis compo-nents replaced immediately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning prod-ucts to remove brake dust. This could dam-age wheel bolts and brake components.

! Do not park up your vehicle for a longperiod of time immediately after cleaning,particularly after cleaning the wheel rimwith wheel cleaner. Wheel cleaner maylead to increased corrosion of the brakediscs and pads. You should therefore drivefor a few minutes after cleaning. By heat-ing up the brakes, the brake discs and padsdry. The vehicle can then be parked up fora long period of time.

X Clean the wheels with an acid-free clean-ing agent.

Cleaning the exhaust pipe

! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid-based cleaning agents, such as sanitarycleanser or wheel cleaner.

X Clean the exhaust pipe with an acid-freecleaning agent.

Cleaning the windows and windscreenwipers

Cleaning the windows

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers are set in motionwhen cleaning the windscreen or wiperblades, you could become trapped. There isa danger of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-screen or wiper blades.

X Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-tion and fold them away from the window.

X Clean the inside and outside of the win-dows with a damp cloth and a cleaningagent recommended by smart.

X Clear deposits regularly from the wind-screen and rear window to ensure thatwater can drain unhindered.

144 Cleaning the vehicle>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Cleaning the window wiper bladesX Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-

tion and fold them away from the window.X Clean the window wiper blades with a soft

cloth.X Fold the wiper arms back into place.

Cleaning the panoramic roof (smart fortwocoupé)

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaningcloths could scratch or damage the plasticpanes of the panorama roof. Do not usecleaning agents containing solvents

X Apply mild cleaning agent for plastic len-ses and wipe off with a moist sponge.

Cleaning the solid roof

Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using a

soft brush.

Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Wash down with a soft brush or sponge and

lukewarm water.X Rinse with clean water.

Cleaning the soft top (smart fortwo cab-rio)

Useful information

! Never clean the soft top using a high-pressure cleaner as water could otherwiseenter the vehicle interior.

! Only clean the folding roof and the rearsoft top when they are closed.

Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using a

soft brush.

Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Wash down with a soft brush or sponge and

lukewarm water.X Rinse with clean water.

Cleaning the exterior lighting

X Apply mild cleaning agent for plastic len-ses and wipe off with a wet sponge.

Cleaning and caring for paintwork

! Do not affix stickers to the painted sur-face. Adhesive residue could damage thepaintwork.

X Remove impurities immediately by rub-bing carefully.

X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin,

oils, fuels and greases by rubbing care-fully with a cloth soaked in petroleumether or lighter fluid.

Cleaning the vehicle interior

Cleaning the displays

! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:

Ralcohol-based thinner or petrolRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available household

cleaning agentsThese may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surfacewhen cleaning. This could lead to irrepar-able damage to the display.

X Switch off the display and let it cool down.X Clean the display surface with a microfibre

cloth and cleaner for TFT/LC displays.X Dry the display surface using a dry micro-

fibre cloth.

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector lever

X Wipe off with a moist cloth, or use a leathercare agent recommended by smart.

Cleaning the vehicle 145

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNING

Seat belts may be severely weakened ifbleached or coloured. This may lead to theseat belts, for example, tearing or failing inan accident. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.

Never bleach or colour seat belts.

! Do not clean the seat belts using chemi-cal cleaning agents. Do not dry the seatbelts at temperatures above 80 † or indirect sunlight.

X Clean the seat belts using only lukewarmsoapy water.

Cleaning and caring for seats

Please note

! Do not use microfibre cloths to clean gen-uine leather or artificial leather covers, asthese are too aggressive and, if used often,may damage the cover.

Regular care maintains the appearance andfeel of the seats over time.

Cleaning and caring for genuine leatherseat coversX Wet a cloth with water and clean the seat

covers. Do not allow the leather to becomesoaked.

X Wipe off with a dry cloth.X Apply a leather care agent recommended

by smart.

Cleaning synthetic leather seat coversX Wet a cloth with detergent water and clean

the seat covers.

Cleaning cloth seat coversX Wet a microfibre cloth with detergent

water.X Rub cloth covers with care, cleaning entire

sections of the cover.X Allow the seat to dry.

Cleaning DINAMICA seat coversX Wet a cloth with water.X Clean entire sections of the cover.

Cleaning the artificial leather cover ofthe dashboard (BRABUS)

X Wet a cloth with detergent water andclean.

Cleaning the trim

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNING

Care products and cleaning agents con-taining solvents can cause surfaces in thecockpit to become porous. This could resultin plastic parts breaking away when theairbags are deployed. There is a danger ofinjury.

Do not use care products and cleaningagents containing solvents to clean thecockpit.

! Do not affix the following to plastic sur-faces:

RstickersRfilmsRscented oil bottles or similar itemsYou could otherwise damage the plastic.

To maintain the appearance of high-qualityplastic surfaces, do not allow surfaces tocome into contact with cosmetics, insectrepellents or sun creams.

X Clean the plastic trim with a damp cloth.X Use care products and cleaning agents

recommended by smart to remove heavysoiling.

Cleaning the roof lining (smart fortwocoupé)X Remove heavy soiling using a soft brush or

a cleaning agent recommended by smart.

Cleaning the carpetsX Use carpet and textile cleaning agents rec-

ommended by smart.

146 Cleaning the vehicle>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Cleaning the trim elements

! Do not use solvent-based cleaningagents such as tar remover, wheel clean-ers, polishes or waxes. There is otherwise arisk of damaging the surface.

X Clean the trim elements with a moistmicrofibre cloth.

X Use care products and cleaning agentsrecommended by smart to remove heavysoiling.

Observing service due dates

The ¯ and ° indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster display are reminders ofupcoming service due dates:

R¯: minor service.R°: major service.Monochrome display: the indicator lampflashes for a few seconds after the engine isstarted. Depending on the operating condi-tions of the vehicle, the time or distanceremaining until the service is due, is alsodisplayed.The service interval is based on normal oper-ation of the vehicle. Observe the following ifthe vehicle is operated under arduous con-ditions or increased loads, e.g. regular citydriving with frequent intermediate stops:

X Carry out service work more often thanspecified by the service interval.

X Have the air filter, engine oil and oil filterchanged more frequently.

X Check the tyres more frequently.

Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart centre or a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Parking up the vehicle

! Please note that if the vehicle is not usedfor prolonged periods, vehicle damage mayoccur and the battery may discharge orbecome damaged.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop for aconsultation.

Parking up the vehicle 147

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Securing the vehicle in the event of anaccident or a breakdown

Securing the vehicle

! When a tyre is damaged, the danger areamust be kept clear of all persons.

X Stop the vehicle away from traffic on solid,non-slippery ground.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-

ahead position.X Switch off the engine.X Passengers should leave the vehicle.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Set up the warning triangle.

In the event of a flat tyre, without TIREFIT thevehicle cannot be made roadworthy againusing the on-board equipment. You cannotplace an emergency call using the smartAudio-System. The vehicle owner and thedriver are responsible for equipping thevehicle with an appropriate breakdown kitand seeking assistance in the event of abreakdown.

Switching the hazard warning lamps onand off

If the hazard warning lamps are activated,all turn signals flash.The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on in the following cases:

Ran airbag is deployed.Rthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a

speed of more than 70 km/h and comes to astandstill.

The hazard warning lamps switch off auto-matically if a speed of 10 km/h is exceededagain after full brake application.

X Press button :.

Securing the vehicle against rollingaway

Securing on level ground

X When changing a wheel, place chocks orother suitable items under the front andrear of the wheel that is diagonally oppo-site the wheel you wish to change.

Securing on a downhill gradient

148 Securing the vehicle in the event of an accident or a breakdown>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X Place wheel chocks or other suitable itemsin front of the wheels of the front and rearaxle.

Using the warning triangle

Removing the warning triangle

The warning triangle is secured behind thedriver's seat backrest with a Velcro fastener.

X Fold the driver's seat forwards.X Remove warning triangle :.

Setting up the warning triangle

X Fold feet 3 out to the side.X Pull side reflectors 2 upwards to form a

triangle.X Connect the reflectors using upper stud1.

X Place the warning triangle at a suitabledistance.

Removing the first-aid kit

i Check the expiry date on the first-aid kitat least once a year. Replace the contents ifnecessary, and replace any missing parts.

The first-aid kit is secured behind the driv-er's seat backrest with a Velcro fastener.Return it to this location after use.

X Fold the driver's seat forwards.X Remove first-aid kit :.

Removing the fire extinguisher

The fire extinguisher is located underneaththe front passenger seat.

Removing the vehicle tool tray

The towing eye and the TIREFIT kit are loca-ted in the vehicle tool tray under the glovecompartment.

X Remove bolts in the front-passenger foot-well.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.

Removing the vehicle tool tray 149

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit

Useful information

The tyre sealant is pumped into the tyre.TIREFIT is a tyre sealant. TIREFIT is used toseal punctures of up to 4 mm, particularlythose in the tyre tread, at outside tempera-tures of up to -20 †.

Please note

G WARNING

In the following situations, the tyre seal-ant is unable to provide sufficient break-down assistance, as it is unable to seal thetyre properly:

Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tyrelarger than those mentioned above.

Rthe wheel rim is damaged.

Ryou have driven at very low tyre pres-sures or on a flat tyre.

There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

G WARNING

The tyre sealant is harmful and causesirritation. It must not come into contactwith your skin, eyes or clothing or be swal-lowed. Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes. Keeptyre sealant away from children. There is arisk of injury.

If you come into contact with the tyre seal-ant, observe the following:

RRinse off the tyre sealant from your skinimmediately with water.

RIf the tyre sealant comes into contactwith your eyes, immediately rinse themthoroughly with clean water.

RIf tyre sealant is swallowed, immedi-ately rinse your mouth out thoroughlyand drink plenty of water. Do not inducevomiting, and seek medical attentionimmediately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with tyresealant.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.

G WARNING

A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and isnot suitable for higher speeds. There is arisk of accident.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle accordingly and drive carefully. Donot exceed the specified maximum speedwith a tyre that has been repaired usingtyre sealant.

The maximum permissible speed for a tyresealed with tyre sealant is 80 km/h.

! After use, excess tyre sealant may run outof the filler hose. This could cause stains.Therefore, place the filler hose in the plas-tic bag that contained the TIREFIT kit.

H Environmental note

Have the used tyre sealant bottle disposedof professionally, e.g. at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Comply with the manufacturer's safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tyre infla-tion compressor.

Filling with tyre sealant

X Leave foreign bodies which have penetra-ted the tyre in the tyre.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.X Remove the TIREFIT Kit, consisting of a

tyre sealant bottle and a tyre inflationcompressor, from the vehicle tool kit.

X Affix the 80 km/h maximum speed sticker tothe instrument cluster within the driver'sfield of vision.

150 Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X Unwind plug : with the cable from tyreinflation compressor ;.

X Remove hose A from the bottom section oftyre inflation compressor ;.

X Unscrew the cap from tyre sealant bot-tle ?.

X Connect hose A.

X Remove valve flap from valve E on thefaulty tyre.

X Unscrew cap from filler hose =.X Screw filler hose = onto valve E.X Insert connector : into the cigarette

lighter socket or the 12 V socket.X Turn the key in the ignition lock to position

1.X Press on/off switch B on tyre inflation

compressor ; to position 1.The tyre sealant is pumped into the tyre.The pressure may briefly rise to approx-imately 600 kPa (6.0 bar, 86 psi).

i Preventing damage to the tyre inflationcompressor

Do not switch off the tyre inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tyre inflation compressor run for amaximum of 15 minutes, then allow it tocool down.

The tyre pressure must be at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar, 26 psi).Allow any leaking tyre sealant to dry. It canthen be removed like a layer of film.Have any clothing stained with tyre sealantcleaned as soon as possible with perchloro-ethylene.

Further procedure if the pressure of thesealed tyre is below 180 kPa

G WARNING

If the specified tyre pressure still cannotbe reached, the tyre is too badly damaged.The tyre sealant cannot repair the tyre inthis instance. Damaged tyres and low tyrepressures can significantly impair thevehicle's braking and driving character-istics. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of

the defective tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Slow move the vehicle approximately 10 mforwards or backwards.

X Pump up the tyre again.After a maximum of 15 minutes, the tyrepressure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar,26 psi).

Further procedure if the pressure of thesealed tyre is at least 180 kPa

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the hose from the valve of the

defective tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit 151

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

X Stow the tyre sealant bottle and the tyreinflation compressor.

X Perform a test drive.The maximum permissible speed for a tyresealed with tyre sealant is 80 km/h.

X Stop after driving for approximately 3 kmand check the tyre pressure with the tyreinflation compressor.The tyre pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). The precise valuesare located on the door pillar (B-pillar) onthe driver's side.

X If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve on

the sealed tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of thesealed tyre.

X Pull the tyre sealant bottle out of the tyreinflation compressor. The filler hose stayson the tyre sealant bottle.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tyre changed there.

X Have the tyre sealant bottle and filler hosereplaced as soon as possible at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Adjusting the tyre pressure

Increasing the tyre pressure

X Switch on the tyre inflation compressor.X Observe the display.

Reducing the tyre pressure

X Press button : next to pressure gauge ;.

i Even unused tyre sealant loses its effec-tiveness over time.Have the tyre sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Jump-starting and charging the bat-tery

Please note

G WARNING

Work carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. Thiscan lead to function restrictions applyingto safety-relevant systems, e.g the light-ing system, the ABS (anti-lock braking

system) or the ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram). The operating safety of yourvehicle may be restricted.

You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:

Rwhen braking

Rin the event of abrupt steering manoeu-vres and/or when the vehicle's speed isnot adapted to the road conditions

There is a risk of an accident.

In the event of a short circuit or a similarincident, contact a qualified specialistworkshop immediately. Do not drive anyfurther. Always have work on the batterycarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Further information about ABS (Y page 46)and ESP® (Y page 47).

G WARNING

During charging and jump-starting,explosive gases can escape from the bat-tery. There is a risk of an explosion.

Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, cre-ating sparks and smoking. Ensure there issufficient ventilation while charging andjump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

152 Jump-starting and charging the battery>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

G WARNING

During the charging process, a batteryproduces hydrogen gas. If a short circuitoccurs or sparks are created, the hydrogengas can ignite. There is a risk of an explo-sion.

RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come intocontact with vehicle parts.

RNever place metal objects or tools on abattery.

RIt is important that you observe thedescribed order of the battery terminalswhen connecting and disconnecting abattery.

RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.

RIt is particularly important to observethe described order when connectingand disconnecting the jump leads.

RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.

G WARNING

Electrostatic build-up can lead to the cre-ation of sparks, which could ignite thehighly explosive gases of a battery. Thereis a risk of an explosion.

Before handling the battery, touch thevehicle body to remove any existing elec-trostatic build-up.

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or cloth-ing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Donot lean over the battery. Keep the batter-ies out of the reach of children. Immedi-ately rinse off battery acid thoroughlywith plenty of clean water and seek medi-cal attention at once.

G WARNING

A discharged battery can freeze at tem-peratures below freezing point. Whenjump-starting the vehicle or charging thebattery, gases can escape from the battery.There is a risk of an explosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.

RIf the indicator/warning lamps in theinstrument cluster do not light up at tem-peratures around or below freezing point,it is very likely that the discharged bat-tery has frozen. In this case do not jump-start the vehicle or charge the battery.RThe service life of a battery that has been

thawed may be reduced drastically.RThe starting characteristics may be

impaired, especially at low temperatures.RHave the thawed battery checked at a

qualified specialist workshop.

! Always have work on the battery carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop.Should it, in exceptional circumstances, beabsolutely necessary to disconnect thebattery yourself, please observe the fol-lowing:Rswitch off the engine and remove the

key. Check that all the indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster are off. Other-wise, you may damage electronic com-ponents such as the alternator, forexample.Rfirst, disconnect the negative terminal

clamp, followed by the positive terminalclamp. Never swap the terminal clamps.The vehicle electronics may otherwisebe damaged.Ron vehicles with automatic transmis-

sion, the transmission is locked in posi-tion P after disconnecting the battery.The vehicle is secured against rollingaway. You can then no longer move thevehicle.

The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be fitted securelyduring operation.

! Do not make any attempt to start thevehicle if the on-board voltage is low (e.g.weak lighting) or 3 is shown in the dis-play. A starting attempt could damage the

Jump-starting and charging the battery 153

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

batteries if they are cold or not fullycharged.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy startingattempts. Otherwise, the catalytic con-verter could be damaged by the non-com-busted fuel.

H Environmental note

Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of inan environmentallyresponsible recycling sys-tem.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally respon-sible manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.

For safety reasons, smart recommends usingonly batteries which have been approved foryour vehicle by smart. These batteries pro-vide increased leakage protection in theevent of an accident.

Jump-starting

When jump-starting, observe the followingrules:

RAvoid multiple or lengthy startingattempts.RDo not use a rapid charging device to start

the vehicle.RYou may only jump-start the vehicle when

the engine and exhaust system are cold.RFor jump-starting, use only batteries with

a nominal voltage of 12 V.ROnly use jump leads that have a sufficient

cross-section and insulated terminalclamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the

donor battery connected for a few minutes

before attempting to start. This chargesthe empty battery a little.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not

touch.RMake sure that the jump leads are not dam-

aged.RDo not allow non-insulated parts of the

terminal clamps to come into contact withother metal parts while the jump leads areconnected to the battery.RThe jump leads must not come into contact

with parts which can move when theengine is running, e.g. the wiper rods orthe fan.

X Secure the vehicle using the parkingbrake.

X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g.rear window heating or lighting.

X Turn the key in the ignition lock toposition 0.

X Remove key from ignition lock.X Open the service cover.

A Charged donor battery or an equivalentjump-starting device

X Remove the protective cap from positiveterminal : of your battery.

X First connect positive terminal : of yourbattery to positive terminal ; of donorbattery A using the jump lead.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle andrun it at idling speed.

X First connect negative terminal = ofdonor battery A and then negative ter-minal ? of your battery using the jumplead.

X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jump leads, let

both engines run for several minutes.

154 Jump-starting and charging the battery>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X To disconnect the jump leads, follow thesequence in reverse.

X Attach protective cap to positive termi-nal :.

X Have the battery checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

The battery is not accessible in all vehicles.If the other vehicle's battery is not accessi-ble, jump-start the vehicle using a secondbattery or a jump-starting device.

Charging the battery

In order to prevent damage, observe the fol-lowing requirements:

RUse only battery chargers with a maximumcharging voltage of 14.8 V.RCharge the battery using only a battery

charger approved by smart.When using another battery charger,remove the battery before charging.RObserve the operating instructions for the

battery charger.

X Open the service cover.X Remove the protective cap from positive

terminal : on the battery.X Connect positive terminal : on the bat-

tery to positive terminal ; on batterycharger A.

X Connect negative terminal = on batterycharger A to negative terminal ? on thebattery.

The vehicle battery should always be suffi-ciently charged to achieve the maximumpossible service life. The battery may dis-charge over time if the vehicle is not used.To charge the battery, a battery charger rec-ommended by smart can be connected.If the vehicle is unused for an extendedperiod, the battery should be checked fre-quently or disconnected at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.A battery charger adapted to and approvedby smart allows the charging of the batteryin its installed position. Further informationis available from any smart Centre.

Towing and tow-starting the vehicle

Please note

G WARNING

Safety relevant functions are restricted orno longer available if:

Rthe engine is not running

Rthe brake system or power steering ismalfunctioning

Rthere is a malfunction in the voltagesupply or the vehicle's electrical system

When your vehicle is towed away or towedstarted, you may require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is arisk of an accident.

In such cases use a rigid towing bar. Beforebeing towed away or tow started, makesure the steering moves freely.

G WARNING

If the steering wheel lock is engaged, thevehicle can no longer be steered. There is arisk of an accident.

Always switch on the ignition when towingwith a tow rope or a towing bar.

G WARNING

When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle and its weight is greater than thepermissible gross weight of your vehicle,the:

Rtowing eye may be torn off

Rcar/trailer combination may swerve oreven overturn

There is a risk of an accident.

When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle, its weight should not be greaterthan the permissible gross weight of yourvehicle.

Information on the vehicle's permissiblegross mass can be found on the vehicle iden-tification plate (Y page 188).

Towing and tow-starting the vehicle 155

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

! Observe the following points when tow-ing with a tow rope:

Rsecure the tow rope on the same side onboth vehicles.Rmake sure that the tow rope is not longer

than legally permitted. Mark the towrope in the middle, e.g. with a white cloth(30 x 30 cm). This makes other road usersaware that a vehicle is being towed.Ronly secure the tow rope to the towing

eye.Robserve the brake lamps of the towing

vehicle while driving. Always maintaina distance so that the tow rope does notsag.Rdo not use steel cables or chains to tow

your vehicle. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.

! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehicle.If in doubt, recover the vehicle with acrane.

! Pull away smoothly when towing away ortow-starting a vehicle. If the tractivepower is too high, the vehicles could bedamaged.

! You may tow the vehicle for a maximum of50km. A towing speed of 50 km/h must notbe exceeded.For towing distances over 50 km, the entirevehicle must be lifted up and transported.

Observe the legal requirements for the rele-vant countries when towing and tow start-ing.Preference should be given to transportingrather than towing.Vehicles with automatic transmission: whenbeing towed, the transmission must be inposition N.

i Before the vehicle is towed, switch off theautomatic locking feature. The drivercould otherwise be locked out when push-ing or having the vehicle towed.

i Vehicles with the basic carrier fitted:Do not tow the vehicle with the basic car-rier fitted.Do not secure the tow rope or tow bar to thebasic carrier.

Vehicles with automatic transmission:observe the notes on the selector lever whentowing away the vehicle.

Fitting the towing eye

The towing eye can be attached to the front orrear of the vehicle.

X Remove the towing eye from the vehicletool tray.

X Carefully prise off cover : on the vehicle.X Screw in the towing eye to the stop.

Towing the vehicle with both axles onthe ground

Vehicles with automatic transmission:

X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock.

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Shift the automatic transmission toposition N.The selector lever lock can be manuallyreleased in the event of an electrical mal-function.

156 Towing and tow-starting the vehicle>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.

Vehicles with manual transmission:

X Leave the key in position 2 in the ignitionlock.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised

X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Deactivate automatic door locking.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-

ahead position.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: turn

the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift

the transmission to position P.X Vehicles with manual transmission:

depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock and remove it.

Transporting the vehicle

! Only lash the vehicle down by the wheelsor wheel rims, not by parts of the vehiclesuch as axle or steering components. Thevehicle could otherwise be damaged.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission: turnthe key to position 2 in the ignition lock.Move the transmission to position N.

X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

As soon as the vehicle is loaded:

X Apply the parking brake.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift

the transmission to position P.X Vehicles with manual transmission: engage

first gear.X Remove the key.X Lash down the vehicle.

Emergency engine starting by towstarting

The following conditions must be met beforetow starting:

RThe battery is connected.RThe engine has cooled down.RThe exhaust system has cooled down.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Fit the towing eye.X Attach the tow bar or tow rope.X Depress the brake pedal and keep it

depressed.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition

lock.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:

activate the manual gearshift setting.X Vehicles with manual transmission:

depress the clutch pedal fully, engage sec-ond gear and keep the clutch pedal fullydepressed.

X Release the brake pedal.X Tow start the vehicle.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:

push the selector lever forwards towardsq until the engine starts. Do not depressthe accelerator pedal while doing so.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: with-out depressing the accelerator pedal,release the clutch pedal slowly.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: whenthe engine is started, immediately depressthe clutch pedal fully and select neutral.

X Keep the engine running by accelerating.X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the

vehicle safely, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions.

X Apply the parking brake.X Remove the tow bar or tow rope.X Remove the towing eye.

Removing the towing eye

X Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it.X Attach the cover to the recess at the top

and engage it at the bottom.X Stow the towing eye in the vehicle tool

tray.

Towing and tow-starting the vehicle 157

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

Manually releasing the selector leverlock

The selector lever lock can be manuallyreleased in the event of an electrical mal-function, e.g. if the parking lock has beendeactivated for towing and should subse-quently be re-applied.

! Do not use any sharp-edged objects toprise out the cover from the centre console.Otherwise, the cover or the centre consolecould be damaged.

X Apply the parking brake.X Prise out cover : on the centre console

from bottom edge ; using with a flat,blunt object.

X Pull cover : in the direction of the arrow.

X Pull yellow release = behind the trim upand simultaneously press release but-ton ? on the selector lever.

X Shift the selector lever to N or P.

Replacing the bulbs

Useful information

G WARNING

Bulbs, lamps and plug connectors canbecome very hot during use. When replac-ing a bulb, you could burn yourself onthese components. There is a risk of injury.

Allow these components to cool downbefore replacing the bulb.

G WARNING

The radiator fan may continue to move orsuddenly move again even after the engineis switched off. There is a risk of injury.

If you have to carry out work in the frontcompartment:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rremove jewellery and watches

Rnever touch the rotation area of the fan

Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from the fan

Observe the following rules when changingbulbs:

ROnly replace bulbs when the engine isswitched off.RDo not use bulbs that have been dropped or

show signs of visible damage, e.g.scratches.RDo not touch the glass bulb with your bare

hands.ROnly use bulbs in enclosed lamps designed

for that purpose.ROnly fit spare bulbs of the same type and

with a specified voltage.RDo not allow bulbs to come into contact

with moisture.RHave LED bulbs changed at qualified spe-

cialist workshops only.Change only the bulbs described below your-self in accordance with the specified bulbtypes.

158 Replacing the bulbs>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

Replacing front bulbs

Changing dipped-beam and main-beamheadlamps

X Switch off the lights.X Open the service cover.X Remove cover :.X Pull out the connector.X Press retainer ; inwards and to the left.X Pull the bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Lock the retainer.X Insert the connector.X Replace and engage cap :.

Changing the front turn signal lamps

X Switch off the lights.X Turn the respective front wheel inwards.X Push clamp : downwards.X Remove cover ; upwards.X Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and

remove it.X Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb.

X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clock-wise until it engages.

X Insert and engage the cover.

Replacing the side turn signal lamps

X Carefully insert a flat tool into recess :.X Prise out side turn signal ;.X Unscrew the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Refit side turn signal ;.

Replacing rear bulbs

Changing the tail lamp bulbs

Tail lamps without partial LEDs

: Tail lamp and brake lamp; Rear foglamp= Reversing lamp? Turn signals

Replacing the bulbs 159

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

Tail lamps with partial LEDs

: Turn signals; Reversing lamp

Removing the tail lamp cover

X Switch off the lights.X smart fortwo coupé: open the upper and

lower tailgate.X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-

gate.X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft top

up.X Loosen screws :.X Remove the tail lamp.X Carefully insert a flat tool under the plas-

tic hanger on the tail lamp.X Lift the connector and remove it.

Replacing a faulty tail lamp bulb

: Tail lamp/brake lamp (vehicles withoutpartial LEDs)

; Turn signals= Reversing lamp? Rear foglamp (vehicles without partial

LEDs)

X Release four tabs A on the bulb holder.X Remove the bulb holder.X Pull the faulty bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Refit the bulb holder.X Insert the connector.X Insert the tail lamp until you hear it

engage.X Tighten the screws on the tail lamp.

Replacing the licence plate lighting

X Insert a flat tool into recess :.X Remove the cover from the licence plate

lamp.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Insert the lamp lens into the licence plate

lamp.

160 Replacing the bulbs>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

Replacing the interior lighting

X Insert a flat tool into the recess.X Prise out lamp lens :.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Refit the lamp lens.

Changing fuses

Please note

G WARNING

If you manipulate, bridge or replace afaulty fuse with a fuse of a higher amper-age, the electric cables could be overloa-ded. This may result in a fire. There is a riskof an accident and injury.

Always replace faulty fuses with specifiednew fuses of the correct amperage.

! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor smart vehicles and which have the cor-rect fuse rating for the system concerned.Components or systems could otherwise bedamaged.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

The electrical fuses disconnect defective cir-cuits. If a fuse blows, all the connected com-ponents and their functions will fail.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recognise bythe colour and fuse rating. The fuse ratingsare listed in the fuse allocation chart(Y page 190).

If new fuses blow, the cause for this must bediagnosed and rectified at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Preparing the vehicle to change a fuse

X Apply the parking brake.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn key to position 0 in the ignition lock

and remove it.X Check whether all indicator lamps in the

instrument cluster are off.

Changing a fuse (left-hand drive vehi-cle)

! Do not use a pointed object such as ascrewdriver to open the cover in the dash-board. You could damage the dashboard orthe cover.

X Open the front-passenger door.X Open the glove compartment.X To open: open cover : in the direction of

the arrow.X Replace faulty fuse.X To close: insert and fold in cover : until it

engages.X Close the glove compartment.

Changing fuses 161

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

Changing a fuse (right-hand drivevehicle)

X Open the driver’s door.X Turn quick-release fastener ; by 90°

using a suitable object.X Fold down cover :.X Replace faulty fuse.X Close cover :.X Close quick-release fastener ;.

Replacing the key battery

G WARNING

Batteries contain toxic and corrosive sub-stances. If batteries are swallowed, it canresult in severe health problems. There is arisk of fatal injury.

Keep batteries out of the reach of children.If a battery is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.

H Environmental note

Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of inan environmentallyresponsible recycling sys-tem.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally respon-sible manner. Take dis-

charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.

X Fixed keys: unscrew screw :.

X Insert a flat tool, e.g. a coin, into the recess.X Turn the tool until the cover of the battery

tray opens.

X Replace battery = with the positive ter-minal facing upwards.

X Replace the cover on the battery tray andpush it closed.

162 Replacing the key battery>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X Fixed keys: tighten screw :.X Check the function of all key buttons.

Opening a door with the emergencyrelease

The vehicle can be opened using the emer-gency release if this is not possible using theremote control key.If the driver's door is unlocked and openedwith the key in the emergency release, theanti-theft alarm system will issue an alarm.To disable the alarm, switch on the ignition.

X Carefully remove the cover from the emer-gency release.

X Insert the key into the emergency releaseon the driver's door.

X Turn the key anti-clockwise.X Remove the key from the lock.X Push the cover into the emergency release

until it engages.X Open the door.X To disable the alarm from the anti-theft

alarm system, switch on the ignition.

On right-hand-drive vehicles, the emer-gency release is located on the front-passenger door.

Locking the doors in an emergency

Locking the doors with the locking but-ton

X Open the driver’s door.X Close the other doors and the tailgate.X Press and hold button :. An audible lock-

ing and unlocking sound can be heard.Wait until the third (locking) sound, beforereleasing button :.

X Leave the vehicle and close the driver'sdoor.The doors, tailgate and fuel filler cap arelocked. The anti-theft alarm system isprimed.

X From the outside, check that the doors,tailgate and fuel filler cap are locked.

Locking the doors with the emergencylocking

X Insert the key into slot : on the left door.X Turn the key towards the bonnet as far as it

will go to position 2.X Close the left door.

Locking the doors in an emergency 163

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

X Repeat the procedure described above onthe right door.

X Check that the doors are locked.

i If you lock the vehicle using the emer-gency locking, the tailgate and fuel fillerflap are not locked. The anti-theft alarmsystem is not primed.

164 Locking the doors in an emergency>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

Notes on display messages

The display shows warnings, malfunctionsor additional information. A warning tonealso sounds with some display messages.Messages from all categories can containimportant information that must beobserved. Have error messages checked at aMercedes-Benz Service Centre as soon aspossible. If an error message is not followedup with a repair, this can lead to damage thatis not covered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty including injuries or materialdamage.

Display messages with graphic symbols aresimplified in the Owner's Manual and maydiffer from the symbols in the display.Colour display: low-priority display mes-sages can be hidden by pressing a on thesteering wheel. High-priority messages areshown in red. The display messages are thenstored in the message memory and can becalled up for as long as the ignition remainsswitched on. Switching off the ignition clearsthe message memory.

Locking and unlocking

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Key will not lock orunlock the vehicle.

A strong source of radio waves is interfering with the signal.

X Stand closer to the door lock and try to lock/unlock the vehicleagain.

Key battery is low or discharged.

X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency release or lockthe vehicle with emergency locking.

X Replace the key battery.

Key is faulty.To lock:

X Press the locking button and close the door within five seconds.

The vehicle still will not lock.

X Lock driver's door using emergency locking.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

To unlock:

X Unlock vehicle with the key in the emergency release.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Key is lost. X Have the key deactivated or replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Report loss of the key to vehicle insurer.

Side window will notclose or will not open orclose fully.

Objects are obstructing the window guide.

X Remove objects.

Locking and unlocking 165

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Side window is not reset.

G WARNING

While closing the side windows, body parts in the closing areacould become trapped. There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in theclosing area. If somebody becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the side window again.

X Close all doors.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.X Push switch for closing the window until the window is closed,

and then pull the switch for one second.

The side window opens again a little way.

X Repeat previous step until the window remains closed afterreleasing the switch.

Fuel filler flap will notopen.

Fuel filler flap is not unlocked.

X Unlock vehicle.

Key battery is low or discharged.

X Unlock vehicle using the emergency key element in the emer-gency release.

C Red warning lampis lit.If the speed exceeds20 km/h, a warningtone also sounds.Colour display: the dis-play shows an opendoor/tailgate.

Door or tailgate is open.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Close all doors and the tailgate.

166 Locking and unlocking>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Visibility, occupants, airbags

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Exterior mirror is notengaged.

The exterior mirror has been moved forwards or backwards byforce.

X Carefully move exterior mirror to the correct position.

Windscreen wipershave malfunctioned.

Windscreen wipers are obstructed, e.g. by snow.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Remove key from ignition lock.X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windscreen wipers on again after 30 seconds.

Windscreen wiper drive is malfunctioning.

X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Windscreen wiper willnot stop or alwayswipes at the samespeed.

Combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Remove key from ignition lock.

X Insert key in ignition lock, turn to position 1 and start theengine.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

7 Red warning lamplights up forsix seconds after start-ing the engine (certaincountries only).Warning tone sounds.

Warning lamp prompts driver and front passenger to fasten theirseat belts.

X Fasten seat belts.

7 Red warning lamplights up after startingthe engine.

Driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.

X Fasten seat belts.

7 Red warning lampflashes.Warning tone sounds.

Driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt and thevehicle is travelling faster than 20 km/h.

X Fasten seat belts.

Visibility, occupants, airbags 167

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

6 Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Colour display: Mal‐function Visit work‐shop appears.

Restraint system is malfunctioning.

G WARNING

If the restraint system is malfunctioning, restraint systemcomponents may be triggered unintentionally or may notdeploy as intended during an accident. This may affect the seatbelt tensioner or airbag, for example. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately ata qualified specialist workshop.

4 Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel lights up.

The front-passenger front airbag has been deactivated(Y page 35).

X Activate front-passenger front airbag.

Front-passenger front airbag has not been deactivated and ismalfunctioning.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on front-passenger seat.

X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passenger seat.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

× Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel lights up.

The front-passenger front airbag is enabled (Y page 35). The air-bag system is operating correctly.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on front-passenger seat.

× Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel does not light upif the front-passengerfront airbag has beenactivated manually.

Malfunction in the airbag system.

X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passenger seat.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

168 Visibility, occupants, airbags>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Engine, brakes, transmission

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Engine will not startusing the key.

Steering lock is manually locked.

X Remove key from ignition lock and then reinsert it into theignition lock.

X Turn the key.X Turn steering wheel left and right.

Engine will not start.Starter motor cannot beheard.

On-board voltage is too low.

X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.X Start the engine.

The engine still does not start.

X Jump-start the vehicle.

The engine will not start despite jump-starting.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Starter motor has overheated.

X Let the starter motor cool down for two minutes.

X Start the engine.

The engine still does not start.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine will not start.Starter motor can beheard.

Engine electronics or fuel delivery system is malfunctioning.

X Switch off the engine.X Start the engine.

Lengthy and frequent starting attempts will drain the battery.The engine will not start after several attempts.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine will not start.Starter motor can beheard.The fuel tank gauge isat zero.

Fuel tank is empty.

X Refuel the vehicle.

Engine is not runningsmoothly and is mis-firing.

Malfunction in the engine electronics or a mechanical component.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Engine, brakes, transmission 169

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Fuel leaking from vehi-cle.

Fuel line or fuel tank is faulty.

G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuel incorrectly, there isa risk of fire and explosion.

You must avoid fire, naked flames, creating sparks and smok-ing. Switch off the engine and, if applicable, the auxiliary heat-ing before refuelling.

X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

; Yellow warninglamp flashes whiledriving.

Risk of misfiring. Ignition system is malfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

; Yellow warninglamp lights up andengine output isreduced.Colour dis-play:Reduced power See Owner's Manualappears.

Engine is running in emergency mode. Ignition system may bemalfunctioning.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

; Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.

Malfunction in one or more of the following components:REngine managementRExhaust systemRFuel systemRAccelerator pedal sensor

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display:8 lights up.Low fuel levelappears.

The amount of fuel in the tank has reached the reserve range.

X Refuel as soon as possible.

170 Engine, brakes, transmission>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

? Red warning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Stop Switch off engineappears.

The coolant level is too low or the air supply to the engine radiatoris restricted. The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and thecoolant temperature exceeds 110 †.

G WARNING

If you open the bonnet while the engine is overheating or whilethere is a fire in the engine compartment, you could come intocontact with hot gases or other leaking service products. Thereis a danger of injury.

Allow an overheating engine to cool down before opening thebonnet. If there is a fire in the engine compartment, leave thebonnet closed and notify the fire brigade.

X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions, and switch off the engine.

X Leave the vehicle and allow the engine to cool down.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not

blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.X Check the coolant level and top up if necessary.

The coolant level is sufficient. The electric engine radiator fanhas failed.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

? Red warning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Stop Switch off motor appears.

The coolant is too hot.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away with the parking brake.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not tow away the vehicle on its own wheels.

5 Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Stop Switch off engineappears.

Oil pressure is too low.

! Check the oil level regularly. If there is insufficient oil (oillevel is below the MIN mark), there is a risk of engine failure.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Switch off the engine.X Check the engine oil level.X If necessary, top up the engine oil.

Engine, brakes, transmission 171

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

J Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Check brake fluid levelappears.

Brake fluid level is too low.

G WARNING

If the brake fluid level is too low the brake system may fail.There is a risk of an accident.

Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.Secure the vehicle by applying the parking brake. Do not driveany further. Consult a qualified specialist workshop immedi-ately and have the brake system repaired.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

J Red warning lamplights up while driv-ing.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Release parking brake appears.

Parking brake is applied.

X Release the parking brake.

ç Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving and when sta-tionary.Colour display:Mal‐function See Own‐er's Manual appears.

The automatic start/stop system is malfunctioning and has beenautomatically switched off.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

ç Yellow warninglamp lights up whenstationary.

Not all conditions for the automatic start/stop system have beenmet.

X Please take note of the conditions for the automatic start/stopsystem.

è Green indicatorlamp flashes duringautomatic engineswitch-off.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: When exiting: remove keyappears.

Automatic start/stop system has automatically switched off theengine, driver's door has been opened or seat belt has beenunfastened.

X Close the driver's door.X Fasten seat belts.X Restart the engine.

When leaving the vehicle:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Remove key from ignition lock.

172 Engine, brakes, transmission>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

è Green indicatorlamp flashes while thevehicle is stationary.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the vehicle is at a standstill.No stop preventers are active. The clutch pedal is fully depressed.The engine is not switched off automatically. The flashing indi-cator lamp is intended to remind you to activate the automaticstart/stop system in order to save fuel.

X Shift into neutral and release clutch pedal slowly.Engine is switched off automatically.

è Green indicatorlamp flashes.Colour display: To start engine: oper‐ate the clutchappears.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine has stalled.

X Depress the clutch pedal.The engine starts.

è Green indicatorlamp flashes.Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral appears.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine has stalled.

X Select neutral.The engine starts.

Monochrome display:i flashes in thecentre of the display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral or depress clutchappears when startingthe engine.

Vehicles with manual transmission: gear is selected and the clutchpedal is not fully depressed when starting the engine.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.

If the engine fails to start despite the clutch pedal being fullydepressed, then the clutch sensor is malfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral appearswhen the engine isstarted.

Vehicles with manual transmission: clutch sensor is malfunction-ing.

X Select neutral.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Monochrome display:i flashes in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: Park‐ing lock malfunc‐tion. To park: apply parking brakeappears when startingthe engine.Warning tone sounds.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the parking lock is mal-functioning. The vehicle is not secured against rolling away.

X Apply the parking brake to park.

Engine, brakes, transmission 173

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Monochrome display:i or j flash alter-nately in the middle ofthe display.Colour display:To start engine: shift to P or N appears.

An attempt was made to start the engine with the transmission inposition D or R.

X Shift to P or N to start.

Monochrome display:i or h / k flashalternately in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to N appears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: engine switches off whilethe vehicle is in motion.

X Shift to N to start.

Monochrome display:e flashes for15 seconds in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: apply brake appears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: an attempt was made tostart the engine with the transmission in position N withoutapplying the brake.

X Depress the brake pedal.

Monochrome display:j or h / k i flashalternately.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Risk of vehicle rolling away Transmission not in P appears.Warning tone sounds.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: driver's door is open andselector lever is in position R, N or D.

G WARNING

The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.

X Shift to position P.X Switch off the engine.X Close the driver's door completely.

Monochrome display:S lights up.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Visit workshopappears.

Vehicles with manual transmission: electronics are malfunction-ing.The system deactivates the automatic start/stop system andcruise control.

X Depress clutch pedal fully to start the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

S lights up.Colour display: Trans‐mission malfunction Visit workshopappears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: automatic transmission ismalfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

174 Engine, brakes, transmission>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

S flashes alter-nately with the currenttransmission positionj / h / k / i.Colour display:Clutch protection active See Owner's Manualappears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: other pulling away proce-dures result in the clutch overheating.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the

display message does not reappear after acknowledging it.

S flashes alter-nately with the currenttransmission positionj / h / k / i.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Trans‐mission overheated See Owner's Manualappears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: automatic transmissionclutch has overheated. You will feel the clutch pedal pulsate.

X Avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres.If the display message disappears, automatic transmission isavailable again.

Vehicles with auto-matic transmission:has faulty gear shifts.

Transmission is losing oil.

X Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Vehicles with auto-matic transmission:acceleration charac-teristics are deterio-rating.Transmission no lon-ger shifts into all of thegears.Reverse gear can nolonger be selected.

Transmission is in emergency mode.

X Stop.X Shift transmission to position P.X Switch off the engine.X Wait at least ten seconds.X Start the engine.X Shift transmission to position D.X Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified spe-

cialist workshop.

¯ or ° warninglamp flashes for a fewseconds after startingthe engine.Colour display: Next service in … km orService due … km agoappears.

A service due date is approaching or has already passed:R¯ indicates a minor service.R° indicates a full service.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine, brakes, transmission 175

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Driving safety systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

! Yellow warninglamp lights up.ò (USA only)or ! (Canada only)Yellow warning lamplights up.Colour display: System inoperative appears.

ABS is malfunctioning. Other driving systems may be deactiva-ted.If ABS is faulty, there is also a possibility that other driving sys-tems may be unavailable.Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp and displaymessages which may be shown in the instrument cluster .

G WARNING

If ABS is malfunctioning, the wheels may lock when you brake.This will greatly impair the driver's ability to steer and brake.In addition, further driving safety systems are deactivated. Thedanger of skidding and having an accident increases.

Drive on carefully. Have the ABS checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop immediately.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

J Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Brake force distribution inoperative. Stop See Owner's Manualappears.

EBD is malfunctioning. This means that ABS, ESP®, CrosswindAssist and Hill start assist are also unavailable.Other driving systems may be deactivated.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock early ifyou brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance may increase in emergency brak-ing situations.

If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilise the vehicle.The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

176 Driving safety systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

÷ Monochrome dis-play: yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.÷ Colour display:Yellow warning lamplights up.System inoperativeappears.

ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. Other driving systemsmay be deactivated.

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilise the vehi-cle. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Brake lamps may be inoperative and thus no longer working whenbraking.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. Do not drive on.

X Check that the brake lamps are working.

The brake lamps are not working.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Brake lamps are working.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

÷ Yellow warninglamp flashes whiledriving.

ESP® is intervening because there is a risk of skidding or at leastone of the wheels is spinning.

X Pull away carefully.X Accelerate carefully whilst driving.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather condi-

tions.

÷ and C otherwarning lamps are lit.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Visit workshopappears.

Central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the key or to start theengine.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving safety systems 177

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Colour display: ÷Hill start assist inoperative appears.

Hill start assist is malfunctioning. Vehicle will not be held auto-matically when pulling away uphill and may start rolling imme-diately.

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilise the vehi-cle. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Other driving systems may be deactivated.

The brake system functions normally, but without hill startassist.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Cor‐rect tyre pressureappears.

The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the tyrepressure difference between the wheels is too great.

X Check tyre pressure.X Correct the tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.

178 Driving safety systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Tyre pressure Caution tyre malfunctionappears.

The tyre pressure monitor has detected a significant loss of pres-sure in at least one of the tyres.

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tyres pose the following risks:

Rthe tyres may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.

Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which maygreatly impair tyre traction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking,may be greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.

Observe the recommended tyre pressure and check the tyrepressure of all the tyres:

Rat least every two weeks

Rwhen the load changes

Rbefore embarking on a longer journey

Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g. off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Check tyres visually and, if necessary, follow the instructions

for flat tyres.X Check the tyre pressure and correct it if necessary.

h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately oneminute and then stayslit.Colour display: Tyre pressure monitor inoperative appears.

The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restartedafter a wheel change.

G WARNING

If you correct the tyre pressure without recalibrating the RunFlat Indicator, the system cannot issue a warning about adefective tyre in time. In the event of tyre pressure loss, thedriving characteristics and the steering and braking may begreatly impaired. There is a risk of an accident.

If you correct the tyre pressure, you must recalibrate the RunFlat Indicator.

X Restart tyre pressure monitor.

The display message continues to be displayed.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving safety systems 179

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately60 seconds and thenstays lit.Colour display: Tyre pressure monitor inoperative wheel sensors missingappears.

There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or morewheels.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to undetected tyre pressure losses. The sys-tem is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyre pressure.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Wheels have unsuitable tyre pressure sensors.

X Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.

180 Driving safety systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

J Red warning lampis lit.÷, ! Yellowwarning lamps light upwhile the engine isrunning.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Elec‐tronics malfunction Stop See Owner's Manual appears.

The following systems are malfunctioning:

RABS (anti-lock braking system)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)RCrosswind AssistRHill start assistFurther driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The risk of skidding and having an accident increases due tomalfunctioning driving safety systems.The brake system functions normally, but without the systemslisted. The wheels could therefore lock up if you brake hard,for example.This will greatly impair the ability to steer and brake. The brak-ing distance may increase in emergency braking situations.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

D Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.Colour display: Steer‐ing malfunction See Owner's Manual

Power assistance may be malfunctioning, making steering diffi-cult.

G WARNING

If the steering fluid level is too low, the power steering may fail.You will then need to use considerably more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.

Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions, and secure the vehicle using the parkingbrake. Check whether you are able to apply the extra forcerequired to steer.

Have the power steering checked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

RIf you are able to steer safely, drive on carefully to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

RIf you are not able to steer safely, do not continue driving.Contact a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving safety systems 181

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Driver assistance systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

· Red warning lampis lit.Warning tone sounds.

Forward collision warning detects obstacle on the road.

X Pay careful attention to the road and traffic conditions and beready to brake.

· Red warning lampis lit.

Distance to the vehicle in front is too short for the current speed.

X Increase the distance.

^ Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Dis‐tance warning inop‐erative or Electron‐ics malfunction Visit workshopappears.

The sensors in the radiator trim are dirty.

X Clean the sensors.

Environmental influences or error sources outside the system aretemporarily interfering with the forward collision warning. Pos-sible causes:

RHeavy rain or snow.ROperating temperature is too high.ROn-board voltage is too low.Forward collision warning is operational again when the causeslisted no longer apply.

Warning lamp remains lit.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Clean the sensors.X Restart the engine.

Warning lamp still remains lit.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

^ and C andother warning lampsare lit.

Central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the key or to start theengine.

Do the following:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

à flashes forapproximately3 seconds.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Lane Keeping Assist inop‐erative appears.

Windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Clean the windscreen.

182 Driver assistance systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Environmental influences are interfering with Lane KeepingAssist. Possible causes:

RHeavy rain or snow or thick fog is impairing visibility.RThe sun is low in the sky and shining directly onto the sensor.RLane markings cannot be detected.Lane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again when thecauses listed no longer apply.If the windscreen is clean and the causes listed do not apply, thenthe electronics are malfunctioning.

System electronics are faulty.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

¤ flashes for a max-imum of 5 seconds.Colour display:Ãgreen warning lampflashes for a maximumof five seconds.Warning tone sounds.

A lane boundary marking was crossed without using the turnsignal.

X Stay inside the lane boundary markings.X Use indicator before changing lanes.

¯ flashes forapproximately10 seconds.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: ¯Cruise control inop‐erative appears.

Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivates automatically.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

¯ flashes forapproximately10 seconds. C andother warning lampsare also lit.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Visit workshopappears.

Central vehicle electronics system and cruise control are mal-functioning. After switching off the engine, it is no longer pos-sible to lock or unlock the doors using the remote control on thekey or to start the engine.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

È lights up.Speed display flashes.Warning tone sounds.

Vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.

X Brake the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions.

Driver assistance systems 183

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

È flashes forapproximately10 seconds.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Lim‐iter inoperativeappears.

Speed limiter is malfunctioning and deactivates automatically.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Ò Warning lampflashes for a minute orlights up continuously.Colour display:Black ice warning appears.

The outside temperature has fallen to or below 3 °C. There is a riskof black ice.

X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather condi-tions.

Battery, lights, heating

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Rear window heatingor seat heatingswitches off automati-cally or cannot beswitched on.

Battery is not sufficiently charged.

X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.

# Red warning lamplights up when thevehicle is ready tostart.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Stop See Owner's Manualappears.

Possible causes:

RAlternator is faulty.RBattery is faulty.RV-belt is torn.RElectronics are malfunctioning.

X Do not continue driving.X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and

traffic conditions.X Switch off the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display:#Warning lamp lightsup.Malfunction Visit workshop appears.

Battery monitoring is malfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Monochrome dis-play:b Warninglamp lights up.

Dipped beam is on continuously. Main beam cannot be activated.

X Switch off the engine.X Start the engine.

184 Battery, lights, heating>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

If, after that, the warning lamp is still lit up:Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is faulty.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If, after that, the warning lamp is still lit up:Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.

X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust windscreen wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display:bWarning lamp lightsup.Malfunction See Own‐er's Manual appears.

Dipped beam is on continuously. Main beam cannot be activated.

X Switch off the engine.X Restart the engine.

If the message continues to be displayed:Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.

X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust windscreen wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display:bWarning lamp lightsup.Brake lamps inoper‐ative appears.

Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is faulty.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display:Switch off lights appears.Warning tone sounds.

Lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle.

X Turn control knob for the lights to à or u.

Battery, lights, heating 185

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

smart Audio-System and smart Media-System

Bluetooth® connection

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Bluetooth® connectioncannot be establishedbetween the smartAudio-System or smartMedia-System andmobile phone.

X Ascertain whether the mobile phone is compatible with thesystem. Information about compatible mobile phones:www.smart.com/connect

X Check the security settings on your mobile phone.X Check that the Bluetooth® function is enabled on the smart

Audio-System or smart Media-system and on your mobilephone.

X Start the device search on the smart Audio-System or smartMedia-System and on the mobile phone.

The navigation system in the smart Media-System

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

No map is displayed inthe navigation system.

The SD card with the map data is missing or damaged.

X Check to see that the SD card is inserted.

Position of the vehiclein the navigation sys-tem does not match thevehicle's actual posi-tion.GPS symbol on the dis-play is grey or yellow.

GPS reception is poor.

X Drive the vehicle to another position where GPS reception isbetter.

The road's course in thenavigation system nolonger coincides withthe actual road.

The map data is out of date.

X Update the map data.

Navigation systemdoes not display anytraffic information.

Route guidance has not been started.

X Select a destination and start navigation.

HD Traffic is not available or the subscription for HD Traffic hasexpired.

X Check whether HD Traffic is available for the country you are inor upgrade the subscription for HD Traffic.

There are no naviga-tion messages duringroute guidance.

The road's course is not detected. The map data may be out of date.

X Check if route guidance has started.X If not, select a destination and start navigation.

Navigation messages are switched off.

X Switch on navigation messages.

186 smart Audio-System and smart Media-System>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Voice control system in the smart Media-System

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The voice control sys-tem does not under-stand voice commands.

Interval for entering voice commands has been exceeded.

X Press the button on the multifunction steering wheel.

Voice commands have not been given from the driver's seat.

X Issue voice commands from the driver's seat.

Noise from the blower or wind noise are interfering with voicecommands.

X Avoid interfering noises.

Voice commands have not been given clearly.

X Say voice commands clearly.

Voice command is unknown.

X Say the command “Help”.A list of possible voice commands appears.

smart Audio-System and smart Media-System 187

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Obtaining technical data

Information on technical data:www.smart.deThe technical data was determined inaccordance with EC Directives. All dataapplies to the vehicle's standard equipment.Differences will be present in the case ofvehicles with optional equipment. Furtherinformation is available from any smartCentre.

Reading out vehicle data

Useful information

The heights specified vary as a result of:

RTyresRLoadRCondition of the suspensionROptional equipmentOptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload.Only for certain countries: you can find vehi-cle-specific vehicle data in the COC docu-ments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY).These documents are delivered with yourvehicle.

Vehicle identification plate

: Vehicle identification plate position

: Vehicle identification plate; Paint code= Vehicle manufacturer? EU type approval numberA Vehicle identification number (VIN)B Maximum permissible gross vehicle

weightC Maximum permissible front axle loadD Maximum permissible rear axle load

i The data shown on the vehicle identifi-cation plate is example data. This data isdifferent for every vehicle and can deviatefrom the data shown here. The data appli-cable to the vehicle is found on the vehi-cle's identification plate.

Dimensions and weight

Missing technical data was not available atthe time of publication.Dimensions and weight (smart fortwo coupé)

188 Reading out vehicle data>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.

Specifications Dimensions,weight and vol-umes

Opening height : 1855 mm

Vehicle length 2695 mm

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims

Vehicle height 1555 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum boot load 75 kg

Maximum tailgate load

Tank capacity Total: 28.0 lReserve: 5.0 l

Specifications (BRABUS) Dimensions,weight and vol-umes

Opening height :

Vehicle length 2740 mm

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims

Vehicle height 1543 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum boot load

Maximum tailgate load

Tank capacity Total: 35.0 lReserve: 5.0 l

Dimensions and weight (smart fortwo cabrio)

Specifications Dimensions,weight and vol-umes

Vehicle length 2695 mm

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims

Vehicle height 1553 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum boot load 75 kg

Maximum tailgate loadwithout side bars

Maximum tailgate loadwith sidebars

Tank capacity Total: 28.0 lReserve: 5.0 l

Specifications (BRABUS) Dimensions,weight and vol-umes

Vehicle length 2740 mm

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims

Vehicle height 1543 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum boot load

Maximum tailgate loadwithout side bars

Reading out vehicle data 189

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

Specifications (BRABUS) Dimensions,weight and vol-umes

Maximum tailgate loadwith sidebars

Tank capacity Total: 35.0 lReserve: 5.0 l

Service products

The following table lists all technical datafor the service products of the vehicle. Fur-ther information on service products: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com and in any smartcentre.

Service prod-ucts

Specifications

Fuel(Y page 67)

Unleaded petrol, with atleast 95 RON that conformsto the European standardEN 228, as an alternative:unleaded petrol with91 RON/82 MONBRABUS: Super unleaded,with at least 98 ROZ/88 MOZthat conforms to the Euro-pean standard EN 228, asan alternative: unleadedpetrol with 95 ROZ/85 MOZ

Engine oil(Y page 133)

229.51, 229.53, as an alter-native: 229.1 and 229.3 orACEA A3

Corrosioninhibitor/antifreeze(Y page 134)

Recommended: G40

Windscreenwasher fluid(Y page 134)

Temperatures abovefreezing point: mixingratio of 1:100MB SummerFit to waterTemperatures belowfreezing point: for the cor-rect mixing ratio ofMB WinterFit and water,please observe the infor-mation on the antifreezecontainer.

Bulb types

The following table lists the correct bulbtypes of the vehicle:

Bulb Type

Dipped-beam/main-beamheadlamps

H4 60/55 W

Front foglamps H 16

Turn signals PY 21 W

Side turn signal lamps WY 5 W

Licence plate lighting W 5 W

Interior lighting W 5 W

Tail lamps

Bulb Type

Tail lamp and brake lamp P21 5 W

Rear foglamp P21 W

Reversing lamp W 16 W

Turn signals PY 21 W

Fuse allocation

190 Fuse allocation>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.

No.

Consumer Cur-rent

Col-our

cod-ing

1 Starter motor 5 A Brown

2 Power steering controlunit

5 A Brown

3 Multifunction lever 5 A Brown

4 Airbag 5 A Brown

5 Transmission controlunit

25 A Cyan

6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red

7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue

8 Power supply controlunit

10 A Red

9 Power supply controlunit

10 A Red

10 Central control unit 20 A Yel-low

11 Central control unit 15 A Blue

12 Central control unit 10 A Red

13 Central control unit 15 A Blue

14 Power windows (auto-matic reversing fea-ture)

30 A Green

15 esp®, transmissioncontrol unit

5 A Brown

16 Interior lighting 10 A Red

17 Immobiliser 3 A Vio-let

18 Electrical exteriormirror

5 A Brown

19 Brake lamps 10 A Red

20 Cruise control, radio,belt warning

15 A Blue

21 Central control unit,fuel pump, injection

15 A Blue

No.

Consumer Cur-rent

Col-our

cod-ing

22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue

23 Only for eDrive: powersupply control unit

40 A Orange

24 5 A Brown

25 Power supply controlunit

30 A Green

26 Radio 20 A Yel-low

27 Daytime driving lamps 5 A Brown

28 12 V socket, cigarettelighter

15 A Blue

29 Power supply controlunit

5 A Brown

30 Forward collisionwarning

15 A Blue

31 Rear fog lamps ‑ ‑

32 Radio, central controlunit

15 A Blue

33 Tail lamps, front fog-lamps, hazard warninglamp button, lockingbutton, headlamprange control, powerwindows, licence platelighting, radio, controlunit for air-condition-ing system, cruisecontrol, limiter, park-ing aid button, pro-gram selector button,tailgate release, LaneKeeping Assist cam-era, automatic start/stop system button

25 A Cyan

34 Power supply controlunit

25 A Cyan

35 Headlamps, daytimedriving lamps

25 A Cyan

Fuse allocation 191

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

No.

Consumer Cur-rent

Col-our

cod-ing

36 Left-hand dippedbeam, central controlunit

10 A Red

37 Right-hand dippedbeam

10 A Red

38 Left-hand dippedbeam, central controlunit

10 A Red

39 ‑ ‑ ‑

40 ‑ ‑ ‑

41 ‑ ‑ ‑

42 ‑ ‑ ‑

43 Exterior mirror heat-ing

5 A Brown

44 Automatic reversingfeature

25 A Cyan

45 Power supply controlunit

25 A Cyan

46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yel-low

47 ‑ ‑ ‑

48 ‑ ‑ ‑

49 ‑ ‑ ‑

Radio type approvals for the tyre pres-sure monitors

Country Radio type approval number

Argen-tina

MW2433AH-12337GG4H-12338

Brazil 2770-12-8001Model: MW2433A0381-13-8001Model: GG4

Country Radio type approval number

AbuDhabiDubai

TRA, Registered-NOER0092100/12TRA, Registered-NOER0099792/12TRA, Registered-NOER0076990/11Dealer-NO: DA0047074/10

Jordan Model: Gen Alpha Wal 2 TPMStransmitterType Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/114Model: Gen Gamma Gen 4433.92 MHz.Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/190Model: Corax 3 MRXMC34MA4Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2011/158Type Number: LPD

Morocco MR7319 ANRT 2012/ 11/07/2012MR7672 ANRT 2012/ 23/11/2012MR6706 ANRT 2011

Moldova 1024

Philip-pines

No: ESD-1206394CNo: ESD-1306871C

Serbia И 011 12

Singa-pore

Compliance with IDA StandardDA- 103365

SouthAfrica

TA-2012/719TA-2012/1540TA-2011/1370

Retrofitting two-way radios andmobile phones (RF transmitters)

G WARNING

If RF transmitters are tampered with or notproperly retrofitted, the electromagneticradiation they emit can interfere with thevehicle electronics. This may jeopardisethe operational safety of the vehicle. Thereis a risk of an accident.

192 Retrofitting two-way radios and mobile phones (RF transmitters)>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.

You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you operate RF transmitters incorrectlyin the vehicle, the electromagnetic radia-tion could interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, e.g.:

Rif the RF transmitter is not connected toan exterior aerial

Rthe exterior aerial has been fitted incor-rectly or is not a low-reflection type

This could jeopardise the operating safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Have the low-reflection exterior aerial fit-ted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating RF transmitters in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.

! Only have work carried out on the engineelectronics and its associated parts, suchas control units, sensors, actuating com-ponents and connector leads, at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Vehicle componentsmay otherwise wear more quickly and thevehicle's operating permit may be invali-dated.

! The operating permit may be invalidatedif the instructions for installation and useof RF transmitters are not observed.In particular, the following conditionsmust be complied with:

Ronly approved wavebands may be used.Robserve the maximum permissible out-

put in these wavebands.Ronly approved aerial positions may be

used.

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radia-tion can cause damage to health. The use ofan exterior aerial takes into considerationthe scientific discussion surrounding thepossible health risk posed by electromag-netic fields.The following aerial positions may be used ifRF transmitters have been properly instal-led:

: Front roof area; Rear roof area

Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609(Road Vehicles – EMC guidelines for instal-lation of aftermarket radio frequency trans-mitting equipment) when retrofitting RF(radio frequency) transmitters. Comply withthe legal requirements for add-on parts.If your vehicle has fittings for two-way radioequipment, use the power supply and aerialconnections intended for use in the basicwiring. Be sure to observe the manufacturer'sadditional instructions during installation.Deviations with respect to wavebands, max-imum transmission outputs or aerial posi-tions must be approved by smart.The maximum transmission output (PEAK) atthe base of the aerial must not exceed thefollowing values:

Waveband Maximum transmission

output

Tetra380 - 410 MHz

20 W

Mobile communicationsgeneration 2G/3G/4G

6 W

The following can be used in the vehiclewithout restrictions:

RRF transmitters with a maximum trans-mission output of up to 100 mWRMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)There are no restrictions when positioningthe aerial on the outside of the vehicle for thefollowing wavebands:

RTetraRMobile communications (2G/3G/4G)

Retrofitting two-way radios and mobile phones (RF transmitters) 193

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

Z

194

195

196

Publication details

Internet

Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

You are welcome to forward any queries orsuggestions you may have regarding thisOwner's Manual to the technical documen-tation team at the following address:Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service,70546 Stuttgart, Germany©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

As at 14.12.2015

É4535848905AËÍ

4535

8489

05

Ord

er n

o. 6

522

0175

02

Part

no.

453

584

89

05Ed

itio

n Ä

J201

6-1a

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand